[gnome-devel-docs] Added German hig translation

[Christian Kirbach <ckirbach src gnome org>]

commit 8060e410e37e33444e4e6c7c2cb0c129bcfd3126
Author: Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>
Date:   Wed Sep 10 20:17:41 2014 +0200

    Added German hig translation

 hig/de/de.po | 8969 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 8969 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/hig/de/de.po b/hig/de/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7fead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/hig/de/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,8969 @@
+# German translation for gnome-devel-docs.
+# Copyright (C) 2014 gnome-devel-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-devel-docs package.
+# Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>, 2014.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-devel-docs master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-05 18:38+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-06 00:46+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Deutsch <gnome-de gnome org>\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/legal.xml:5
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 International License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+#: C/legal.xml:4
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Dieses Werk ist unter <_:link-1/> lizenziert."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "Christian Kirbach <christian kirbach gmail com>, 2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/action-bars.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/action-bar.svg' "
+"md5='921589af646dfe99ee3755ea2bf8bf2e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/action-bars.page:8 C/application-basics.page:7 C/application-menus.page:8
+#: C/button-menus.page:7 C/buttons.page:7 C/check-boxes.page:7
+#: C/compatibility.page:7 C/design-principles.page:7 C/dialogs.page:8
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:7 C/essentials.page:7 C/grids.page:8
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:8 C/header-bars.page:8 C/icons-and-artwork.page:7
+#: C/index.page:7 C/keyboard-input.page:7 C/lists.page:8 C/menu-bars.page:7
+#: C/menus.page:7 C/notifications.page:8 C/patterns.page:7
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:7 C/popovers.page:7 C/primary-windows.page:8
+#: C/progress-bars.page:7 C/progress-spinners.page:7 C/radio-buttons.page:7
+#: C/search.page:8 C/selection-mode.page:8 C/sidebar-lists.page:8
+#: C/sliders.page:7 C/spin-boxes.page:7 C/switches.page:7 C/tabs.page:7
+#: C/text-fields.page:7 C/toolbars.page:7 C/typography.page:7
+#: C/ui-elements.page:7 C/view-switchers.page:8 C/visual-layout.page:7
+#: C/writing-style.page:7
+msgid "Allan Day"
+msgstr "Allan Day"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/action-bars.page:14
+msgid "Action bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:18
+msgid ""
+"An action bar is a horizontal container that is placed along the bottom edge "
+"of a window. It is used to present actions for the content that is displayed "
+"above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/action-bars.page:21 C/application-menus.page:21 C/button-menus.page:20
+#: C/dialogs.page:35 C/grids.page:21 C/header-bar-menus.page:25
+#: C/header-bars.page:27 C/lists.page:21 C/menu-bars.page:34 C/menus.page:32
+#: C/notifications.page:19 C/popovers.page:20 C/primary-windows.page:21
+#: C/progress-bars.page:38 C/progress-spinners.page:20 C/search.page:21
+#: C/selection-mode.page:23 C/sidebar-lists.page:25 C/sliders.page:32
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:32 C/switches.page:20 C/tabs.page:32 C/toolbars.page:32
+#: C/view-switchers.page:21
+msgid "When to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Use an action bar when content items are primarily displayed for editing or "
+"management. Since they prominently display potential actions, action bars "
+"are not appropriate if content is generally viewed and not edited. In these "
+"cases, potential actions can be placed within a <link xref=\"header-bar-menus"
+"\">header bar menu</link> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Action bars can be shown temporarily, when a <link xref=\"selection-mode"
+"\">selection</link> or edit mode is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/action-bars.page:30 C/check-boxes.page:32 C/progress-bars.page:47
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:32 C/sidebar-lists.page:42 C/sliders.page:46
+#: C/writing-style.page:31
+msgid "Guidelines"
+msgstr "Richtlinien"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Group sets of similar functionality together, by aligning them to the left "
+"and right of the action bar, or by using separators. The most commonly used "
+"items should be placed on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/action-bars.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Try to separate potentially destructive actions, and <link xref="
+"\"buttons#suggested-and-destructive\">style them appropriately</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/application-basics.page:11
+msgid "Basic application characteristics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/application-basics.page:14
+msgid "Application basics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:16
+msgid ""
+"These Human Interface Guidelines are intended to help with the creation of "
+"applications. An understanding of what an application is will help you to "
+"distribute your software more effectively, as well as ensure effective and "
+"consistent system integration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:18
+msgid ""
+"The application model allows users to understand how software is "
+"distributed, installed and removed, as well as how that software behaves "
+"when in use. Ensuring that your software behaves according to this model "
+"will therefore help to ensure that it is predictable and conforms to user "
+"expectations. It will also ensure correct integration with system tools for "
+"installing and removing applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/application-basics.page:21
+msgid "Defining an application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: quote/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:23
+msgid ""
+"An application is a distinct and independent piece of software that "
+"incorporates useful functionality, and which can be installed on a user’s "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:25
+msgid ""
+"This definition can be broken down into a set of characteristics, which "
+"describe an application in more detail. Applications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:28
+msgid "Can be individually installed and removed from the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:29
+msgid "Do not rely on other applications in order to run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:30
+msgid "Contain functionality of their own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Provide at least one <link xref=\"primary-windows\">primary window</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:32
+msgid "Do not affect or interfere with the behavior of other applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Have a unique name and <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#application-icons"
+"\">icon</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:36
+msgid ""
+"At the heart of this definition is a model that allows the modular "
+"installation and use of 3rd party software, in a way that avoids dependency "
+"issues and ensures simplicity of use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:38
+msgid ""
+"In GNOME 3, only software that conforms to these characteristics should "
+"install an application launcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/application-basics.page:49
+msgid "Naming your application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:51
+msgid ""
+"An application’s name is vital. It is what users will be first exposed to, "
+"and will help them decide whether they want to use an application or not. It "
+"is a major part of your application’s public face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:53
+msgid "An application name plays a number of functions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:56
+msgid "It must advertise your application to potential users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:57
+msgid ""
+"It should serve to reinforce a positive identity, and have expressive "
+"qualities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:58
+msgid ""
+"It needs to identify your application in the systems where it is installed "
+"and run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that your application name is short - fewer than 15 characters. This "
+"will ensure that it is always displayed in full within a GNOME 3 environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-basics.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Additionally, choose an application name that is easy to understand and "
+"communicates your application’s functionality. Avoid references which will "
+"not be understood or be familiar to potential users, such as obscure "
+"cultural references, inside jokes and acronyms. Instead, pick a name that "
+"references what your application does, or the domain in which it operates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/application-menus.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/application-menu.svg' "
+"md5='4a1da9ff4e204a200059142bbe64b05e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/application-menus.page:14
+msgid "Application menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Application menus provide access to global, top level actions and options "
+"for your application. These include standard items for accessing "
+"documentation and information about the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Application menus are a standard part of GNOME 3, and every application that "
+"runs under GNOME 3 should have one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/application-menus.page:28
+msgid "Menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Only include menu items that relate to the application as a whole, such as "
+"application preferences. Actions that are specific to a particular window or "
+"view, or which act on content within an application window, should not be "
+"included."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Common application menu items include New Window, Preferences, Help, About "
+"and Quit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If your application has user help, you should include a <gui>Help</gui> item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Every application menu should include <gui>About</gui> and <gui>Quit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If there are items other than <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>About</gui> and "
+"<gui>Quit</gui>, separate them into their own group at the bottom of the "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/application-menus.page:43 C/search.page:60
+msgid "Additional Guidance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Follow the standard <link xref=\"menus\">design guidance for menus</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/application-menus.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If an item from the application menu is frequently used, consider moving it "
+"to a more accessible location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/button-menus.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:22
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/button-menu.svg' "
+"md5='1ecf1e920eca86c6c08880fdd00588aa'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/button-menus.page:37
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/hybrid-button-menu.svg' "
+"md5='2bf79478aff9bd8c9935a21f6a37f7ea'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/button-menus.page:13
+msgid "Button menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:15
+msgid ""
+"A menu that is opened by pressing a button. They can be incorporated into a "
+"range of container widgets, such as header bars, action bars, sidebars or "
+"toolbars. <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">Header bar menus</link> are the "
+"most common example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:22
+msgid ""
+"A menu button is a way to present additional actions or options. They are "
+"appropriate when it is necessary to provide secondary actions or options "
+"which cannot be comfortably incorporated into your primary user interface. "
+"There are two primary types of button menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:25
+msgid ""
+"<em style=\"strong\">Overflow menus</em>: here, the button menu serves as an "
+"extension of an existing set of controls. This can be seen in the example of "
+"<link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</link>, where the menu acts "
+"a continuation of the controls presented in the header bar itself. This "
+"approach can be applied to other containers, such as action bars. These "
+"generic button menus can contain a variety of miscellaneous items that "
+"relate to the context of the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:26
+msgid ""
+"<em style=\"strong\">Single purpose menus</em>: these provide actions and/or "
+"options for a specific area of functionality. In the same way that a menu "
+"bar presents a series of menus on different topics, so individual menu "
+"buttons can present groups of functionality, such as editing, changing the "
+"view, or providing navigation controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Menus provide a clear and consistent way to present diverse sets of actions "
+"and settings. At the same time, a popover with embedded controls, like "
+"buttons, sliders, spin buttons, lists and text entries, can provide a more "
+"effective interface for many tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Evaluate each function within a button menu, in order to decide whether it "
+"would be better served by a different <link xref=\"ui-elements\">user "
+"interface element</link>. While simple actions or settings can be "
+"effectively represented by menu items, others cannot. In particular, "
+"sliders, spin buttons, switches and text entries provide functionality that "
+"cannot be easily reproduced with a menu. Likewise, some entries might be "
+"better represented as icons rather than text - in which case, buttons could "
+"be more appropropriate than a menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If a menu button contains a small number of items that can be more "
+"effectively represented as a group of controls, a popover containing "
+"different interface elements can be a more interesting and efficient user "
+"interface. However, this approach can easily become over-complex for larger "
+"and more diverse button menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:34
+msgid ""
+"A menu button can be combined with a small number of other interface "
+"elements, such as buttons, sliders and switches (see example below). This "
+"can enable some menu items to be presented in a more space-efficient manner, "
+"or to provide interactions that are not possible with a standard menu. "
+"However, be careful not to mix too many types of control or make the menu "
+"too complex in the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/button-menus.page:42 C/dialogs.page:140 C/drop-down-lists.page:29
+#: C/grids.page:30 C/lists.page:124 C/menu-bars.page:43 C/menus.page:56
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:40 C/popovers.page:50
+#: C/primary-windows.page:56 C/progress-spinners.page:33 C/spin-boxes.page:55
+#: C/toolbars.page:41 C/visual-layout.page:33
+msgid "General guidelines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Each context - whether it is a view or delineated area of your interface - "
+"should only include one generic button menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that single purpose button menus are effectively labelled. While an "
+"icon is more compact, only use them when they will be commonly understood by "
+"your users. The <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">icon usage guidelines</"
+"link> provide more advice on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Single purpose buttons should be clearly and consistently defined. Their "
+"menu items should have an obvious relationship with the overall purpose of "
+"the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/button-menus.page:48
+msgid ""
+"While multiple button menus can be used simultaneously, be careful about "
+"introducing too many disclosure points into your user interface. The more of "
+"these that you introduce, the harder it will be for users to find the "
+"controls they need, and human error will be increased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/buttons.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:20
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/buttons.svg' "
+"md5='1ffaa291f2eac5015cfde24d3f993a29'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/buttons.page:11 C/check-boxes.page:11 C/dialogs.page:12
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:11 C/menu-bars.page:11 C/menus.page:11
+#: C/progress-bars.page:11 C/radio-buttons.page:11 C/sliders.page:11
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:11 C/tabs.page:11 C/text-fields.page:11
+#: C/toolbars.page:11 C/visual-layout.page:11 C/writing-style.page:11
+msgid "Calum Benson"
+msgstr "Calum Benson"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/buttons.page:14 C/check-boxes.page:14 C/dialogs.page:15
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:14 C/menu-bars.page:14 C/menus.page:14
+#: C/progress-bars.page:14 C/radio-buttons.page:14 C/sliders.page:14
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:14 C/tabs.page:14 C/text-fields.page:14
+#: C/toolbars.page:14 C/visual-layout.page:14 C/writing-style.page:14
+msgid "Adam Elman"
+msgstr "Adam Elman"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/buttons.page:17 C/check-boxes.page:17 C/dialogs.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:17 C/menu-bars.page:17 C/menus.page:17
+#: C/progress-bars.page:17 C/radio-buttons.page:17 C/sliders.page:17
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:17 C/tabs.page:17 C/text-fields.page:17
+#: C/toolbars.page:17 C/visual-layout.page:17 C/writing-style.page:17
+msgid "Seth Nickell"
+msgstr "Seth Nickell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/buttons.page:20 C/check-boxes.page:20 C/dialogs.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:20 C/menu-bars.page:20 C/menus.page:20
+#: C/progress-bars.page:20 C/radio-buttons.page:20 C/sliders.page:20
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:20 C/tabs.page:20 C/text-fields.page:20
+#: C/toolbars.page:20 C/visual-layout.page:20 C/writing-style.page:20
+msgid "Colin Robertson"
+msgstr "Colin Robertson"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/buttons.page:25
+msgid "Buttons"
+msgstr "Knöpfe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/buttons.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Buttons are one of the most common and basic user interface elements. "
+"Buttons can be used to perform actions, toggle settings or views, activate "
+"tools, or to display dialogs, popovers, or other user interface elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/buttons.page:32 C/text-fields.page:32
+msgid "General Guidelines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:35
+msgid ""
+"A button can contain an icon, button, or - more unusually - an image. Follow "
+"the icons and artwork guidelines when deciding which to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:36
+msgid ""
+"After pressing a button, the user should expect to see the result of their "
+"action within 1 second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not use more than one or two different widths of button in the same "
+"window, and make all of them the same height. This will help give a pleasing "
+"uniform visual appearance to your window that makes it easier to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Do not assign actions to double-clicking or right-clicking a button. Users "
+"are unlikely to discover these actions, and if they do, it will distort "
+"their expectations of other buttons on the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Make invalid buttons insensitive, rather than popping up an error message "
+"when the user clicks them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When several buttons are placed next to each other, ensure that they have "
+"the same width. This is particularly important for pairs of Cancel and OK "
+"buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In a dialog, one button may be made the default button, which is shown with "
+"a different border and is activated by pressing Return. Often this will be "
+"the OK or equivalent button. However, if pressing this button by mistake "
+"could cause a loss of data, do not set a default button for the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/buttons.page:47
+msgid "Text buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Label all buttons with imperative verbs, using <link xref=\"writing-"
+"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. For example, <gui>Save</"
+"gui>, <gui>Sort</gui> or <gui>Update Now</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a button "
+"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
+"the label that allows the user to directly activate the button from the "
+"keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/buttons.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Keep labels short, so they don't cause a button to use too much space. It is "
+"also important to consider how labels will change length when localized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/buttons.page:59
+msgid "Toggle buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/buttons.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Toggle buttons look the same as regular buttons, but are used to show or "
+"change a state rather than initiate an action. A toggle button’s two states, "
+"set and unset, are shown by its appearing “pushed in” or “popped out” "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/buttons.page:66
+msgid "Linked buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/buttons.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Groups of buttons with a similar function can be grouped. This helps to "
+"communicate their similarity. Linking is a common technique for sets of "
+"toggle buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/buttons.page:73
+msgid "Suggested and destructive actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/buttons.page:75
+msgid ""
+"In cases where a button has a particularly important affirmative role, it "
+"can be given a suggested style. This highlights the button, and helps to "
+"distinguish it from other visible controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/buttons.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Buttons which have a destructive consequence, such as removing or deleting a "
+"content item, can be given a destructive style. This highlights the button "
+"by coloring it, and acts as a warning to the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/buttons.page:79
+msgid "Each view should only include a single suggested or destructive button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/check-boxes.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:26
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/check-boxes.svg' "
+"md5='382dd468f45c24019a90e939a6408885'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/check-boxes.page:25
+msgid "Check boxes"
+msgstr "Ankreuzfelder"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Check boxes are used to show or change a setting. Its two states, set and "
+"unset, are shown by the presence or absence of a checkmark in the labeled "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Clicking a check box should not affect the values of any other controls. It "
+"may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If toggling a check box affects the sensitivity of other controls, place the "
+"check box immediately above or to the left of the controls that it affects. "
+"This helps to indicate that the controls are dependent on the state of the "
+"check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
+"link> for check box labels, for example <gui>Use custom font</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Label check boxes to clearly indicate the effects of both their checked and "
+"unchecked states, for example, <gui>Show icons in menus</gui>. If the two "
+"states of a check box cannot be clearly communicated, consider using two "
+"radio buttons instead so both states can be given labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
+"all check box labels that allows the user to set or unset the check box "
+"directly from the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If the check box represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
+"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the check box "
+"in its mixed state. When a check box is in its mixed state:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the box once should check the box, applying that setting (when "
+"confirmed) to all the selected objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the box a second time should uncheck the box, removing that setting "
+"(when confirmed) to all the selected objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the box a third time should return the box to its mixed state, "
+"restoring each selected object’s original value for that setting (when "
+"confirmed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Label a group of check boxes with a descriptive heading above or to the left "
+"of the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Do not place more than about eight check boxes under the same group heading. "
+"If you need more than eight, try to use blank space or heading labels to "
+"divide them into smaller groups. Otherwise, consider using a check box list "
+"instead— but you probably also need to think about how to simplify your user "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/check-boxes.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Try to align groups of check boxes vertically rather than horizontally, as "
+"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
+"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:11 C/essentials.page:31
+msgid "Using the HIG for cross-platform or GNOME 2 style applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/compatibility.page:14
+msgid "Compatibility"
+msgstr "Kompatibilität"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:16
+msgid ""
+"These Human Interface Guidelines are primarily targeted towards new GTK+ and "
+"GNOME applications, with an emphasis on GNOME 3 integration. However, they "
+"are also intended to be useful to cross-platform applications, as well as "
+"older applications, which may have been designed and implemented in "
+"accordance with the GNOME 2 HIG."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/compatibility.page:19
+msgid "Cross-platform compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Cross-platform guidance is provided for those design patterns and UI "
+"elements that require special treatment in cross-platform cases. Otherwise, "
+"all the design patterns provided in these guidelines can be used in a cross-"
+"platform manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Since some platforms provide system-level integration for <link xref=\"menu-"
+"bars\">menu bars</link>, this pattern is of special relevance for cross-"
+"platform applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/compatibility.page:28
+msgid "GNOME 2 Compatibility"
+msgstr "Kompatibilität mit GNOME 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:30
+msgid ""
+"These Human Interface Guidelines are an evolution of the GNOME 2 HIG. The "
+"design patterns provided improve upon the previous version of the HIG, and "
+"encourage more modern application design. Applications that follow this "
+"version of the HIG will use space more efficiently, provide a more focused "
+"user experience, and will use modern interpretations of key functionality, "
+"such as search, online integration, or notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Much of the advice contained within this HIG can be incorporated into GNOME "
+"2 style applications with minimal disruption, and will lead to an improved "
+"experience for users. This includes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:35
+msgid "New user interface elements, such as popovers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:36
+msgid "Improved GTK+ abilities, like animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Updated guidance on subjects such as visual layout, typography and icon "
+"usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Incorporating these elements of the guidelines can enhance your application "
+"without requiring a major redesign, and all GTK+ and GNOME applications can "
+"benefit from them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:42
+msgid ""
+"At the same time, following some of the design patterns in these guidelines "
+"may imply larger-scale design changes for GNOME 2 style applications, "
+"particularly if those applications are complex. In particular, replacing "
+"window title bars and <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link> with a <link "
+"xref=\"header-bars\">header bar</link> could be a big change for your "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/compatibility.page:44
+msgid ""
+"These Human Interface Guidelines have been designed to assist you in "
+"determining the best design for your application, rather than proposing a "
+"single template to be used in all applications. As such, while they "
+"recommend <link xref=\"header-bars\">header bars</link> over <link xref="
+"\"menu-bars\">menu bars</link>, they provide guidance on both approaches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:11 C/essentials.page:23
+msgid "General design guidelines and advice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:14
+msgid "Design principles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:16
+msgid ""
+"The following design principles constitute a set of general rules that, when "
+"followed, will enable you to produce a high-quality experience for your "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:19
+msgid "Give your application a clear focus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Clear, tightly defined goals are the key to good design. Identify a "
+"conceptually coherent set of functionality that you want to provide, and be "
+"careful to avoid mission creep. An application that tries to do too many "
+"disparate things will end up being complex and potentially confusing to "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Remember: the best applications provide an elegant solution to a specific "
+"task area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:28
+msgid "Keep user interface complexity to a minimum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Every control or piece of information that you add to your application "
+"creates additional work for users, and increases the complexity of your "
+"application - potentially making it more difficult and less pleasurable to "
+"use. Therefore, only include essential controls and information in your "
+"application interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:32
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new control or piece of information, always take a moment to "
+"question whether it is necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:37
+msgid "Use progressive disclosure to show controls when they are needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Showing every possible control all the time makes an application harder to "
+"use, since users have to navigate controls that are often not relevant. "
+"Instead, only show controls when they are needed. This makes applications "
+"simpler to use, even if the same amount of functionality is provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:41
+msgid ""
+"There are various ways to progressively disclose controls, from using "
+"different views or modes, to showing transient or floating controls when "
+"particular content items are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:46
+msgid "Require as little work from the user as possible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:48
+msgid ""
+"An application that is laborious to use can become the source of irritation, "
+"so strive to make your software work for your users, not the other way "
+"around. Every time your application requires input from users, either in the "
+"form of using controls or providing information, ask yourself whether it is "
+"possible to do that work for them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Try to avoid the need for a manual setup screen or assistant, and make it "
+"easy to go back to recently used content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:55
+msgid "Create a clear hierarchy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:57
+msgid ""
+"People tend to “read” an interface from left to right and top to bottom. "
+"Items that are encountered first are seen to be dominant over those that "
+"come later. Use this implied hierarchy to communicate which parts of your "
+"application are most important."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Position the most important controls towards the top-left of your windows, "
+"and place dominant controls prior to other controls they affect. See the "
+"<link xref=\"visual-layout\">visual layout</link> guidelines for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:64
+msgid "Prioritize content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Applications typically present content, whether it is images, text, messages "
+"or more complex data. It is this content that your users will be interested "
+"in, and too many controls or user interface elements will distract from the "
+"focus of their attention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Give content as much space as possible in your user interface, by reducing "
+"the number of controls. Don’t crowd out the primary object of interest with "
+"secondary information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:73
+msgid "Anticipate errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:75
+msgid ""
+"People make mistakes. Anticipating these mistakes will prevent damaging "
+"consequences, and will make your application more pleasurable and satisfying "
+"to use. The first line of defense here is to design your application so that "
+"mistakes cannot be made. Secondly, if it is possible to make a mistake, make "
+"it easy to recover."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Automatically correct potentially invalid input, and always make it possible "
+"to undo destructive operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:82
+msgid "Avoid interruptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Interruptions cause frustration and annoyance, and prevent people from "
+"focusing on what they are interested in. Design your application so that it "
+"stays out of the way when it is not in use, and does not surprise when it is "
+"in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"notifications\">notifications</link> with restraint, always "
+"avoid spontaneously popping up dialogs without user intent, and avoid "
+"disruptive feedback mechanisms like message dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:91
+msgid "Provide quick and effective search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:93
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"search\">Search</link> is a powerful mechanism that can be used "
+"to quickly find content. Provide it whenever you present large amounts of "
+"content, whether in the form of lists or grids. When you provide a search "
+"function, it is vital that it is as immediate as possible, and that it "
+"returns the results that are sought by your users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:95
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 also provides an integrated search facility. Integrating application "
+"search into this gives people a quick and easy way to access the content "
+"provided by your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:100
+msgid "Use configuration options sparingly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:102
+msgid ""
+"Adding options often seems like a simple design fix. However, most people "
+"will never see or use configuration options. Instead of adding options, try "
+"to make the default behaviour of your application work for as many people as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:107
+msgid "Give your application an instructive name and an attractive icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Your application’s <link xref=\"application-basics#application-names\">name</"
+"link> and <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#application-icons\">icon</link> are "
+"two of the most expressive things about it, so design them in order to "
+"communicate its function and identity. Make sure that people will understand "
+"the purpose of your application from its name. Ensure that you have a "
+"beautiful, recognizable application icon, to give your application an "
+"attractive and distinctive visual identity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/design-principles.page:114
+msgid "Use emotion and humor (sparingly)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:116
+msgid ""
+"Used effectively, emotion and humor can lift the experience provided by your "
+"application, and help to develop a positive relationship with your users. Be "
+"careful not to over-use these techniques, though - it is far more effective "
+"to pick a small number of moments to use emotion, rather than spraying them "
+"throughout your user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/design-principles.page:118
+msgid ""
+"Be welcoming when your application is used for the first time. Using humor "
+"when things go wrong is another effective technique."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/dialogs.page:54
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/message-dialog.svg' "
+"md5='90729fe23f0b92787c18b6e28c6a6cc2'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/dialogs.page:75
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/action-dialog.svg' "
+"md5='c2db9e3e6b79ca288a97693a18e79351'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/dialogs.page:94
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/presentation-dialog.svg' "
+"md5='9ccfb75ebd08866610557bdc158d8de4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:26
+msgid "Dialogs"
+msgstr "Dialoge"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Dialogs are secondary windows that appear over a primary, parent window. "
+"They are used to present additional information or controls, including "
+"preferences and properties, or to present messages or questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:30
+msgid ""
+"GTK+ provides a number of stock dialogs that can be used, such as for "
+"printing or color selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:32
+msgid "There are three basic types of dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Dialogs are a commonly recognized design pattern, and there are established "
+"conventions for the different types of dialogs that you might want to use. "
+"The guidelines on each type of dialog provides further information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:39
+msgid ""
+"While dialogs can be an effective way to disclose additional controls or "
+"information, they can also be a source of interruption for the user. For "
+"this reason, always question whether a dialog is necessary, and work to "
+"avoid the situations in which they are required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:41
+msgid "There are many ways to avoid using dialogs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:44
+msgid "Use inline composition for new messages, records or contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:45
+msgid "In-application notifications are an alternative to message dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:46
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"popovers\">Popovers</link> can be a way to display additional "
+"controls or options in a less disruptive manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:52
+msgid "Message Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Message dialogs are the simplest type of dialog. They present a message or "
+"question, along with 1-3 buttons with which to respond. They are always "
+"modal, meaning that they prevent access to their parent window. Message "
+"dialogs are an appropriate choice when it is essential that the user sees "
+"and responds to a message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:59 C/dialogs.page:84 C/dialogs.page:99
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Beispiele"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Confirmation dialogs use a message dialog to check - or confirm - that the "
+"user wants to carry out an action. They have two buttons: one to confirm "
+"that the action should be carried out and one to cancel the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Confirmation dialogs will often be accidentally or automatically "
+"acknowledged, and will not always prevent mistakes from happening. It is "
+"often better to provide undo functionality instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Error dialogs present an error message to the user. They often include a "
+"single button that allows the user to acknowledge and close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Error dialogs should generally be a last resort. You should design your "
+"application so that errors do not occur, and to automatically recover if "
+"something does go wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:73
+msgid "Action Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Action dialogs present options and information about a specific action "
+"before it is carried out. They have a heading (which typically describes the "
+"action) and two buttons which allow the action to be carried out or "
+"cancelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:79
+msgid ""
+"The user may be required to choose options or content items before an action "
+"can be carried out. In these cases, the affirmative action button should be "
+"insensitive before the required steps have been performed in the dialog "
+"itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Buttons in action dialogs should be labelled with imperative verbs, for "
+"example <gui>Save</gui>, <gui>Print</gui>. This allows users to select an "
+"action with less hesitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Many of the stock GTK+ dialogs are action dialogs. The print dialog is a "
+"good example: it is displayed in response to the user using the print "
+"action, and presents information and options for that print action. The two "
+"header bar buttons allow the print action to either be cancelled or carried "
+"out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:92
+msgid "Presentation Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Presentation dialogs present information or controls. Like action dialogs, "
+"they have a header bar and a subject. However, instead of prefixing an "
+"action, their content relates to an application or content item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:101
+msgid ""
+"Preferences and properties are both examples of presentation dialogs, and "
+"both present information and settings in relation to a specific entity "
+"(either an application or a content item). Properties dialogs are a good "
+"example of how dialogs can be used to disclose additional information which "
+"is not always needed in the main application window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:103
+msgid ""
+"Resist the temptation to provide a preference window for your application. "
+"Always question whether additional settings are really necessary. Most "
+"people will not bother to investigate the preferences that you provide, and "
+"configuration options will contribute to the complexity of your application. "
+"Make an effort to ensure that your application design works for everybody "
+"without the need to change its settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:108
+msgid "Instant and Explicit Apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Presentation dialogs are either instant or explicit apply. In instant apply "
+"dialogs, changes to settings or values are immediately updated. In contrast, "
+"explicit apply dialogs include a button for applying changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Instant apply should be used wherever possible. Instant apply presentation "
+"dialogs have a close button in their header bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:114
+msgid ""
+"Explicit apply is only necessary if changes in the dialog have to be applied "
+"simultaneously in order to have the desired behaviour. Explicit apply "
+"dialogs include a Cancel and a Done button (Cancel resets all values in the "
+"dialog to the state before it was opened and Done applies all changes and "
+"closes the window)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:120
+msgid "Button order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:122
+msgid ""
+"Many dialogs include an affirmative and a cancel button, both of which close "
+"the dialog window. The affirmative button carries out the operation that is "
+"the subject of the dialog, such as <gui>Print</gui>, <gui>Save</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Quit</gui>, and the cancel button closes the window and prevents the "
+"operation from taking place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Always ensure that the cancel button appears first, before the affirmative "
+"button. In left-to-right locales, this is on the left. This ensures that "
+"users become aware of, and are reminded of, the ability to cancel prior to "
+"encountering the affirmative button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/dialogs.page:129
+msgid "Default buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:131
+msgid ""
+"When designing a dialog or utility window, you can assign the return key to "
+"activate a particular button in the window. GNOME indicates this button to "
+"the user by drawing a different border around it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:133
+msgid ""
+"Choose the default button to be the most likely action, such as a "
+"confirmation action or an action that applies changes. Do not make a button "
+"the default if its action is irreversible, destructive or otherwise "
+"inconvenient to the user. If there is no appropriate button in your window, "
+"to designate as the default button, do not set one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:135
+msgid ""
+"In particular, it is not recommended to make the <gui>Close</gui> button the "
+"default in an instant apply window, as this can lead to users closing the "
+"window accidentally before they have finished using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:143
+msgid ""
+"Dialog windows should never pop up unexpectedly, and should only ever be "
+"displayed in immediate response to a deliberate user action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:144
+msgid "Dialogs should always have a parent window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:145
+msgid ""
+"Follow the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">layout guidelines</link> when "
+"designing the content of windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view switchers</link> or <link xref=\"tabs"
+"\">tabs</link> to break up controls and information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:147
+msgid ""
+"Avoid stacking dialog windows on top of one another. Only one dialog window "
+"should be displayed at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:148
+msgid ""
+"When an affirmative button is included, label it with its actual action. "
+"<gui>Print</gui> is a better label than <gui>OK</gui> or <gui>Done</gui>, "
+"for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:149
+msgid ""
+"Do not enable the <gui>OK</gui> or equivalent button until all fields that "
+"require input have been attended to by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/dialogs.page:150
+msgid ""
+"When opening a dialog, provide initial keyboard focus to the component that "
+"you expect users to operate first. This focus is especially important for "
+"users who must use a keyboard to navigate your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:28
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list.svg' "
+"md5='d68eba5939c4fb1b042eac5dbb8a9188'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:43
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/drop-down-list-custom-values.svg' "
+"md5='73b56014f889329ee9b214156875fb15'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:13
+msgid "Drop-down lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:15
+msgid ""
+"A drop-down list is a user interface element which allows the user to select "
+"from a list of mutually exclusive options. It appears as a button which, "
+"when clicked, reveals a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Radio buttons or a list will often be preferable to a drop-down list, as "
+"they present all the available options at once without any further "
+"interaction. At the same time, a drop-down list might be a better choice "
+"when:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:22
+msgid "The number of options is large."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:23
+msgid "There is little available space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:24
+msgid "The list of options may change over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The contents of the hidden part of the menu are obvious from its label and "
+"the one selected item. For example, if you have an option menu labelled "
+"“Month:” with the item “January” selected, the user might reasonably infer "
+"that the menu contains the 12 months of the year without having to look."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:32
+msgid ""
+"While GTK+ does provide a specific combobox widget, it is recommended that "
+"drop-down lists are constructed using a combination of a button and a "
+"popover. This allows more comfortable scrolling for long lists, and allows "
+"search to be integrated into the list. Using this approach also allows the "
+"current selected item to always be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the number of items is very large, provide a search function that filters "
+"the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Label the drop-down list button with a text label above it or to its left, "
+"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
+"link>. Provide an access key in the label that allows the user to give focus "
+"directly to the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
+"link> for drop-down list items, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:41
+msgid "Custom values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A drop-down list can allow custom values to be added to a number of presets, "
+"or can be used to enter and select from custom values alone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that custom values are ordered in a way that is most useful to users. "
+"Alphabetical or recency ordering is common."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:49
+msgid ""
+"When a drop-down list includes both preset and custom values, separate them "
+"into separate groups within the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:50
+msgid "Allow custom values to be removed from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:51
+msgid "Validate custom values as they are entered, in order to prevent errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/drop-down-lists.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If the drop-down only accepts custom values, and no values have been entered "
+"previously, present the custom value entry when the drop-down is opened, "
+"instead of showing an empty list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/essentials.page:13
+msgid "Essentials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/essentials.page:15
+msgid ""
+"This section of the Human Interface Guidelines covers essential themes. It "
+"provides an initial starting point when designing an application, as well as "
+"common design guidelines that are necessary when using all the patterns and "
+"user interface elements found in later sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/essentials.page:18
+msgid "Getting started"
+msgstr "Erste Schritte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:22
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"design-principles\"><em style=\"strong\">Design principles</"
+"em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:26
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"application-basics\"><em style=\"strong\">Application basics</"
+"em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:27
+msgid "Basic application behavior and characteristics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:30
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"compatibility\"><em style=\"strong\">Compatibility</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/essentials.page:39
+msgid "Common guidelines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:43
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"visual-layout\"><em style=\"strong\">Visual layout</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:44
+msgid "Arranging elements within user interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:47
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"writing-style\"><em style=\"strong\">Writing style</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/essentials.page:48 C/writing-style.page:23
+msgid "Writing text for your user interface, including capitalization rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:51
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\"><em style=\"strong\">Icons and artwork</"
+"em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:52
+msgid "Guidelines on selecting and creating icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:55
+msgid "<link xref=\"typography\"><em style=\"strong\">Typography</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Advice on font sizes, weights and styles, as well as special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:59
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"pointer-and-touch-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Pointer and "
+"touch input</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/essentials.page:60 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:14
+msgid "Mouse, touchpad and touchscreen interaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/essentials.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"keyboard-input\"><em style=\"strong\">Keyboard input</em></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/essentials.page:64 C/keyboard-input.page:23
+msgid "Keyboard navigation, access and shortcut keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/grids.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/grid.svg' "
+"md5='c9f908165d533250747c56d6e1dc0f99'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/grids.page:14
+msgid "Grids"
+msgstr "Gitter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/grids.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A grid is one of the primary methods of presenting collections of content in "
+"GNOME 3. Grids are often combined with a number of the other design "
+"patterns, including <link xref=\"search\">search</link> and <link xref="
+"\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/grids.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Since the grid view utilizes an image for each item it presents, it is best "
+"suited to content that has a visual component, such as documents or photos. "
+"If content items don't have a visual component, a <link xref=\"lists\">list "
+"view</link> might be more appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/grids.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Grids and lists can be combined, to offer different views of the same "
+"content. This can be useful if content items have additional metadata "
+"associated with them, such as creation dates or authorship."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:33
+msgid "Wherever possible, each item of content should have a unique thumbnail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Order the items in the grid according to what will be most useful to people "
+"using your application. Ordering content according to most recently used is "
+"often the best arrangement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Selecting an item in the grid will typically switch to a dedicated view of "
+"that item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/grids.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Consider combining the grid view search, selection mode and collections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar-menu.svg' "
+"md5='89c52a435586440ef2780fec50e96dd6'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:14
+msgid "Header bar menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> can include a menu which "
+"contains actions and options for the current view. These menus are located "
+"at the far right side of the header bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:20
+msgid ""
+"While the most frequently used actions for a view should be placed directly "
+"in the header bar, a header bar menu provides access to lesser-used actions. "
+"This ensures that the header bar isn’t overwhelmed with less interesting or "
+"useful controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:22
+msgid ""
+"In this way, the header bar menus help to create focused views that guide "
+"the user towards the most interesting and useful functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Use a header bar menu to present additional actions or options for the "
+"current view. They are best used when those actions or options are not used "
+"the majority of the time - if there is a set of actions which deserve more "
+"prominence in the view, an <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link> "
+"might be a better choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Header bar menus are not a good choice for performing actions on selected "
+"content: when content hasn’t been selected, the menu will contain unhelpful "
+"insensitive menu items, and when content has been selected, possible actions "
+"will not be advertised. <link xref=\"selection-mode\">Selection mode</link> "
+"or <link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link> are a better choice for this "
+"situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:34
+msgid "Guidance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Header bar menus should only contain actions for the current view or window "
+"- this differentiates their content from application menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:38
+msgid "Follow the <link xref=\"menus\">standard guidelines for menus</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:39
+msgid ""
+"A header bar menu is contained within a <link xref=\"popovers\">popover</"
+"link>. As such, a header bar menu can include a variety of controls, such as "
+"groups of buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bar-menus.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Header bar menus shouldn’t include a close menu item, since this action is "
+"already provided by the header bar. It can also be ambiguous as to what a "
+"close menu item refers to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/header-bars.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/header-bar.svg' "
+"md5='26a46fb1c9fa2294892a66c485a576c8'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/header-bars.page:14
+msgid "Header bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Header bars are a common horizontal element which are placed at the top of "
+"windows. They play a number of roles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Window controls - header bars allow windows to be moved by dragging, include "
+"window control buttons (typically a single close button), and provide access "
+"to a window controls menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Headings - a key role of a header bar is to provide context for the content "
+"of the window, either through a heading or view switcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Controls - header bars provide a place for key controls, typically in the "
+"form of buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Header bars are recommended for all application windows. They provide a "
+"number of advantages over the traditional combination of title bar, menu bar "
+"and toolbar, including a smaller vertical footprint, and dynamic navigation "
+"and mode changes (such as with <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</"
+"link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Header bars are incompatible with menu bars. If your application already "
+"incorporates a menu bar, you should evaluate the alternatives suggested in "
+"these guidelines. See the <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar guidelines</"
+"link> for more details on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/header-bars.page:36
+msgid "Controls"
+msgstr "Steuerungen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Header bars can contain key controls for the window, which can be placed on "
+"the left and right-hand side of the header bar. Examples of these controls "
+"include buttons for navigating back and forward, search, and selecting "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that your header bar only contains a small number of key controls - "
+"this will help users to understand the primary functionality provided by the "
+"window, and will ensure that the window can be resized to narrow widths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If a window requires more controls than can be comfortably accommodated "
+"within the header bar, additional functionality can be included within a "
+"header bar menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/header-bars.page:47
+msgid "Header bars are dynamic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:49
+msgid ""
+"A header bar can - and should - update along with view or mode changes. This "
+"ensures that header bar controls are always relevant to the current context."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If the window includes multiple views (accessed through a <link xref=\"view-"
+"switchers\">view switcher</link>), the header bar can include different "
+"controls for each view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the window incorporates navigation, different controls can be shown "
+"depending on the location displayed in the window itself. It is common to "
+"show a back button on the left side of the header bar when navigating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/header-bars.page:58
+msgid "Additional guidance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:61
+msgid ""
+"A header bar should always provide context for the window it belongs to. "
+"This aids window identification, and clarifies what is displayed in the "
+"window itself. This can either be done by placing a heading in the center of "
+"the header bar, or by including a <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view "
+"switcher</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Arrange controls within the header bar according to the three alignment "
+"points described in the <link xref=\"visual-layout\">visual layout "
+"guidelines</link> - left, center and right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<gui>New</gui> and back buttons should be placed on the left side of the "
+"header bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/header-bars.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Always ensure that there is room for a header bar to be dragged. This is "
+"necessary to enable windows to be moved or resized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:79
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/sizes.png' md5='ffd25334db0c9751862cfb3b56e00b5e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:83
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/sizes-small-24.png' "
+"md5='73497b1da8a7dad694466f6f1f2f3dab'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:104
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/inverting.svg' "
+"md5='e4155d9e87e2abe95e70c42185686b5e'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:135
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/butter.svg' "
+"md5='c34eb57364c0aff827f1efd6d0f8d95a'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:137
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/plum.svg' "
+"md5='1b31561d4d572eed6d60745d168ae182'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:141
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/orange.svg' "
+"md5='ceb8453eb65ca31f156fc24f94e191fe'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:143
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/scarlet-red.svg' "
+"md5='eb353db730661f5e54f6cfdcc5de785c'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:147
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/chocolate.svg' "
+"md5='e76cd7a81829ecee767bdadc4eef9851'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:149
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/aluminium1.svg' "
+"md5='a1d07812dd19a1e94cae3ea6fc9c0a58'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:153
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/chameleon.svg' "
+"md5='8dcdfa1116600d8596c376d02facc673'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:155
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/aluminium2.svg' "
+"md5='33fe9857e05581ab5fba7a5eb924dc9c'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:159
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/icons/palette/sky-blue.svg' "
+"md5='d1208a61e8e1c66b1ae6229bdd173d2e'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:11 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:11
+msgid "Jakub Steiner"
+msgstr "Jakub Steiner"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:14
+msgid "Selecting and creating icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:17
+msgid "Icons and Artwork"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Icons play an important role in user interfaces: selecting the correct icon "
+"is therefore vital to making sure that your application is usable. An "
+"identifying icon is also an essential part of any application, and is a "
+"crucial part of its identity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:22
+msgid "Using Icons in Your User Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:24
+msgid ""
+"There are many situations when it is necessary to decide between using an "
+"icon and a text label, particularly for buttons. Icons have the advantage of "
+"being smaller, and not requiring translation. At the same time, the "
+"incorrect use of an icon can make your interface hard - or even impossible - "
+"to understand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Only use icons whose meaning is commonly recognized. If a commonly "
+"recognized icon is not available, it might be better to use a text label "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Convention establishes which icons will be recognized. If you are in doubt, "
+"stick to icons which are frequently used in other applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Consider which icons will be meaningful in the specific context of your "
+"application - users of specialist tools will often be familiar with domain-"
+"specific symbols."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Remember that some icons are only meaningful alongside other icons of the "
+"same type. For example, a media icon for stop is simply a square, and may "
+"not be identified as a stop icon without other media controls (like play, "
+"pause, or skip) being visible close by. Likewise, the icon to remove an item "
+"from a list is a subtract symbol (ie. a single line), and will not be "
+"recognizable without a corresponding “plus” add icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:38
+msgid "Choosing Stock GNOME Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:40
+msgid ""
+"GNOME provides a full set of standard icons. These should be used where ever "
+"appropriate; try to avoid creating custom icons unless they are absolutely "
+"necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Follow the icon naming specification when selecting which icons to use - the "
+"name of the icon should reflect what the icon is intended to communicate. "
+"This is important for those using a screen reader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:44
+msgid "You can use the GTK+ icon browser to find recommended icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:47
+msgid "Color vs. Symbolic Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:49
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 provides two types of icon: full-color and monochrome symbolic "
+"icons. The guidelines in this HIG indicate when to use which type of icon. "
+"The following is a a general guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:51
+msgid "Full-color icons should be used for:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:54
+msgid "devices"
+msgstr "Geräte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:55
+msgid "filetypes/mimetypes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:56
+msgid "application (launcher) icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:59
+msgid ""
+"All other icons should use the symbolic icon style. In addition, symbolic "
+"icons should always be used inside:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:62
+msgid "buttons"
+msgstr "Knöpfe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:63
+msgid "lists"
+msgstr "Listen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:64
+msgid "entry fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:65
+msgid ""
+"when the background is semi-transparent (such as overlaid media or "
+"fullscreen controls)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:73
+msgid "Application Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Every application should have a unique and beautiful application icon. It is "
+"the face of the application, and the first visual element a user sees when "
+"browsing for new applications. The <link xref=\"application-basics"
+"\">application basics page</link> includes details on what an application "
+"is, and when to provide an application icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Because application icons are presented at larger sizes, legacy Tango styled "
+"48x48px or SVG icons no longer suffice (lacking detail). It is essential "
+"your application has a 256x256px icon. With the advent of high-DPI displays, "
+"a 512x512px variant is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:81
+msgid ""
+"While not as critical, there are still areas where application icons are "
+"presented at a small size. To keep the icon sharp and well defined, a "
+"specific rendering is required to sizes of 48x48px, 32x32px, 24x24px and "
+"16x16px. Many GNOME icons also ship a 22x22px size for legacy reasons, but "
+"that isn’t required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To maintain crispness, a lot of detail is discarded for the low resolution "
+"variants and a 1px stroke is used to outline the silhouette of the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:87
+msgid ""
+"More information on designing an application icon can be found below, in the "
+"custom full-color icon section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:92
+msgid "Custom Symbolic Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Symbolic icons have a simple form and are drawn within a 16x16 pixel grid. "
+"They are then programatically scaled and colored within the user interface "
+"itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Identify a single property when looking for an appropriate metaphor for an "
+"icon, and focus on what distinguishes the idea you want to communicate. For "
+"example, when describing an action to be performed on an image, it isn’t "
+"necessary to repeat the idea of an image in every icon. Instead, focus on "
+"what is distinct about each action (for example: rotate, tag, align)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Avoid using any perspective in symbolic icons, stick to a simple orthogonal "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Filled shapes are generally faster to process by the human visual system "
+"than wireframe outlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Symbolic icons are recolored at runtime to match the context, very much like "
+"a piece of text. While there are ways to “shade” parts of an icon by using "
+"opacity or creating duotone/pattern dithering, try avoiding these as much as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:101
+msgid ""
+"When a metaphor relies on the negative space, make sure it will work with "
+"the colors inverted. For example a camera lens spec/highlight will only work "
+"if lighter than the lens itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:107
+msgid "Size and grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:109
+msgid ""
+"While the icons are scalable and should work in any size, the basic canvas "
+"size is 16x16 grid units. You have the whole canvas to fill, but note that a "
+"filled rectangular object will appear stronger/larger when placed next to "
+"items that only use thinner strokes. Try to keep the contrast of your whole "
+"set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:116
+msgid "Custom Full-Color Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:118
+msgid "Full-color icons are drawn and rendered at a variety of preset sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:121
+msgid "Perspective"
+msgstr "Perspektive"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:123
+msgid ""
+"Most icons can be executed best by using the “on the table” perspective, as "
+"if the observer was standing in front of the object and looking slightly "
+"down on it. Many icons can be rendered with a simple “straight on” or “on "
+"the shelf” perspective, with the observer looking directly at the object at "
+"eye level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:128
+msgid "Palette"
+msgstr "Farbpalette"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:130
+msgid ""
+"Use the Tango color palette when designing full color application or device "
+"icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:134
+msgid "Butter"
+msgstr "Butter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:136
+msgid "Plum"
+msgstr "Pflaume"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:140
+msgid "Orange"
+msgstr "Orange"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:142
+msgid "Scarlet Red"
+msgstr "Scharlachrot"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:146
+msgid "Chocolate"
+msgstr "Schokolade"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:148
+msgid "Aluminium"
+msgstr "Aluminium"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:152
+msgid "Chameleon"
+msgstr "Chamäleon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:158
+msgid "Sky Blue"
+msgstr "Himmelblau"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:164
+msgid ""
+"You are free to use different shades of these colors depending on the "
+"desired material effect. However, these primary colors are a good baseline "
+"to start from. All major libre graphics packages come with the Tango palette "
+"pre-installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:171
+msgid "See Also"
+msgstr "Siehe auch"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/icons-and-artwork.page:173
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Icon_Theme_Guidelines";
+"\">Tango Icon Guidelines</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:13
+msgid "GNOME Human Interface Guidelines"
+msgstr "GNOMEs Richtlinien für Benutzeroberflächen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/index.page:15
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME Human Interface Guidelines contain guidance on how to design an "
+"effective application using GTK+. The guidelines give access to a complete "
+"set of design guidance, from high-level design of your application, through "
+"to specific arrangements of user interface elements. It incorporates a blend "
+"of modern design thinking, along with a concern for practicality and ease of "
+"use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:18
+msgid "Audience"
+msgstr "Zielgruppe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:20
+msgid ""
+"If you are a developer with limited design experience, the HIG is intended "
+"to assist you in easily creating an effective user interface. For designers, "
+"the HIG provides an introduction to the possibilities in using GTK+, as well "
+"as common design patterns that are used in GNOME applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:22
+msgid ""
+"GTK+ is a flexible user interface toolkit. As such, these guidelines do not "
+"cover every possible design. Instead, they document recommended practices "
+"for creating desktop applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, while the HIG does provide guidance on GNOME 3 integration, and "
+"can be used to ensure consistency with other GNOME 3 applications, it can be "
+"used as a resource for those creating cross-platform applications, or "
+"applications which do not closely follow GNOME 3 application design "
+"practices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:28
+msgid "Structure of the HIG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The Human Interface Guidelines can be read from beginning to end or used as "
+"a reference resource that can be returned to again and again. They have "
+"three main sections:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/index.page:33
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"essentials\">Essentials</link> - these pages include "
+"overarching guidance on thematic topics. They include sections on "
+"recommended design principles, as well as guidance on themes like writing "
+"style and artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/index.page:34
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"patterns\">Patterns</link> - design patterns make up the core "
+"of the HIG. Each pattern is a particular arrangement of user interface "
+"elements which can be used to construct an application design. The patterns "
+"allow key design decisions to be abstracted away from the nitty gritty of "
+"individual user interface elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/index.page:35
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"ui-elements\">Interface elements</link> - guidance on the "
+"various interface elements, such as buttons, switches, and sliders, that you "
+"can use in your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have never read the Human Interface Guidelines before, it is "
+"recommended that you start with the essentials section, in particular the "
+"design principles page, before continuing to learn about the design patterns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:43
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr "Version"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/index.page:45
+msgid ""
+"This is version 3.14 of the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines, and is "
+"compatible with GTK+ and GNOME 3.14."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:26
+msgid "Keyboard input"
+msgstr "Tastatureingabe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards are a basic input device for GNOME 3, so it is important that you "
+"design your application with them in mind. The keyboard is also important "
+"for visually-impaired people or those with mobility impairments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:31
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr "Tastatursteuerung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that all the functionality provided by your application can be "
+"accessed using a keyboard, including toolbars, links and buttons. Trying to "
+"use your application only with a keyboard is a great way to test this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The tab key is the standard way of navigating through a GNOME user interface "
+"using the keyboard. Make sure that all the parts of your application can be "
+"accessed in this manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Use a logical keyboard navigation order. When navigating around a window "
+"with the Tab key, keyboard focus should move between controls in a "
+"predictable order. In Western locales, this is normally left to right and "
+"top to bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Ensure correct tab order for controls whose enabled state is dependent on "
+"check box, radio button or toggle button state. When such a button is "
+"selected, all its dependent controls should be enabled, and all the "
+"dependent controls of any other button in the group should be disabled. When "
+"the user selects a check box, radio button or toggle button that has "
+"dependent controls, do not automatically give focus to the first dependent "
+"control, but instead leave the focus on the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:44
+msgid "Access keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Access keys allow someone to operate labelled controls by using the Alt "
+"modifier key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Give all labelled components an access key (underlined letter), with the "
+"exception of toolbar controls which would use up too many access key "
+"combinations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Choose access keys so that they are easy to remember. Normally this means "
+"using the first letter of the label. However, in complex windows, the choice "
+"can become more difficult. Here are some simple rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Assign access keys to the most frequently-used controls first. If it’s not "
+"clear which controls will be the most frequently used, assign access keys "
+"from left to right, top to bottom (for Western locales)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the first letter of the label, or of one of its other words if it has "
+"more than one. If another letter provides a better association (for example: "
+"\"x\" in Extra Large) however, consider using that letter instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If the first letter is not available, choose an easy to remember consonant "
+"from the label, for example, \"p\" in Replace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If no such consonants are available, choose any available vowel from the "
+"label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If duplication of access keys in a window is unavoidable, you should still "
+"refrain from duplicating the access keys for any of these buttons that "
+"appear in the same window: OK, Cancel, Close, Apply or Help. GTK+ handles "
+"duplicated access keys by cycling the focus between the controls with the "
+"same access key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:58
+msgid ""
+"It is better not to assign access keys to \"thin\" letters (such as "
+"lowercase i or l), or letters with descenders (such as lowercase g or y) "
+"unless it is unavoidable. The underline does not show up very well on those "
+"characters in some fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Applications using a non-Roman writing system in conjunction with a standard "
+"keyboard can have control labels prefixed with Roman characters as access "
+"keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Be aware of the fact that access keys have to be translated together with "
+"the strings that they are taken from, so even if there are no conflicts in "
+"your native language, they may occur in translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:61
+msgid ""
+"GTK+ only shows the underlines for access keys when the user presses the Alt "
+"key, to avoid cluttering up dialogs with too many underlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:67
+msgid "Shortcut keys"
+msgstr "Tastenkombinationen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Shortcut keys are a good way to provide quick and convenient access to "
+"common operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:71
+msgid "Guidance on assigning shortcut keys:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Use the standard GNOME shortcut keys (see below) if your application "
+"supports those functions. This ensures consistency between GNOME "
+"applications and aids discoverability. Do not assign system-level shortcut "
+"keys. These use the Super key (sometimes knows as the windows key) as a "
+"modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Only assign shortcut keys to the most commonly-used actions in your "
+"application. Do not try to assign a keyboard shortcut to everything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Do not use the standard GNOME application shortcut keys for different "
+"functions. This helps to reinforce consistency between all GNOME "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Use Ctrl+letter in preference to other combinations when choosing new "
+"shortcut keys and Shift+Ctrl+letter for functions that reverse or extend "
+"another function. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> "
+"and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for "
+"<gui>Undo</gui> and <gui>Redo</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:79
+msgid ""
+"New shortcut keys should be as mnemonic as possible, as these will be easier "
+"to learn and remember. For example, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></"
+"keyseq> would be a good shortcut for a menu item called <gui>Edit Page</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Shortcuts that can be easily used with one hand are preferable for common "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Do not use Alt+key combinations for shortcut keys, as these may conflict "
+"with access keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:87
+msgid "System reserved shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:89
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 3 and its constituent systems make use of standard system-level "
+"shortcuts that should work universally, and should not be overridden by "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Modern GNOME 3 system shortcuts all incorporate the <key>Super</key> key, "
+"often known as the windows key. <key>Super</key> is used independently for "
+"entering and leaving the Activities Overview, and in combination with other "
+"keys. The <key>Super</key> key is intended as a system-level key, and should "
+"not be used by applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:96 C/keyboard-input.page:167
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:235 C/keyboard-input.page:262
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:304 C/keyboard-input.page:333
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:377 C/keyboard-input.page:406
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:448
+msgid "Function"
+msgstr "Funktion"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:97 C/keyboard-input.page:166
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:236 C/keyboard-input.page:263
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:305 C/keyboard-input.page:334
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:378 C/keyboard-input.page:407
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:449 C/menu-bars.page:74 C/menu-bars.page:103
+#: C/menu-bars.page:156 C/menu-bars.page:193 C/menu-bars.page:215
+#: C/menu-bars.page:263 C/menu-bars.page:291 C/menu-bars.page:348
+#: C/menu-bars.page:398 C/menu-bars.page:475 C/menu-bars.page:548
+#: C/menu-bars.page:619 C/menu-bars.page:658 C/menu-bars.page:700
+#: C/menu-bars.page:752 C/menu-bars.page:786
+msgid "Shortcut"
+msgstr "Tastenkombination"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:98 C/keyboard-input.page:237
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:264 C/keyboard-input.page:306
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:335 C/keyboard-input.page:379
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:408 C/keyboard-input.page:450 C/menu-bars.page:75
+#: C/menu-bars.page:104 C/menu-bars.page:157 C/menu-bars.page:194
+#: C/menu-bars.page:216 C/menu-bars.page:264 C/menu-bars.page:292
+#: C/menu-bars.page:349 C/menu-bars.page:399 C/menu-bars.page:476
+#: C/menu-bars.page:549 C/menu-bars.page:620 C/menu-bars.page:659
+#: C/menu-bars.page:701 C/menu-bars.page:753 C/menu-bars.page:787
+#: C/notifications.page:35 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:119
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beschreibung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:103
+msgid "Switch window"
+msgstr "Fenster wechseln"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:104
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:105
+msgid "Switches focus to the next/previous top level window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:108
+msgid "Switch system area"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:109
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Switches focus to the primary areas of the system: windows, top bar, message "
+"tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:113
+msgid "Power Off"
+msgstr "Ausschalten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:114
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Entf</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:115
+msgid ""
+"Prompts the user to power off the system. This shortcut is typically "
+"disabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:118
+msgid "Window menu"
+msgstr "Fenstermenü"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:119
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:120
+msgid "Opens the window menu for the current window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:123 C/keyboard-input.page:289 C/menu-bars.page:221
+msgid "<gui>Close</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:124
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:125
+msgid "Closes the focused window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:128
+msgid "<gui>Restore</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:129
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:130
+msgid "Restores the focused window to its previous state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:133
+msgid "<gui>Switch secondary windows</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:134
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Switch focus to the next or previous secondary window associated with the "
+"application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:138
+msgid "<gui>Move</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:139
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:140
+msgid "Move the focused window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:143
+msgid "<gui>Resize</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:144
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:145
+msgid "Resize the focused window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:148
+msgid "<gui>Hide</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:149
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F9</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:150
+msgid "Hide the focused window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:153
+msgid "<gui>Maximize</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:154
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:155
+msgid "Maximize the focused window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:161
+msgid "Standard widget navigation shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:172
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:173
+msgid "Moves keyboard focus to the next/previous control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:176
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:177
+msgid ""
+"Moves keyboard focus out of the enclosing widget to the next/previous "
+"control, in those situations where Tab alone has another function"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:180
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:181
+msgid "Shows a tooltip for the the currently-focused window or control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:184
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:185
+msgid "Show context-sensitive help for the currently-focused window or control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:188
+msgid "<key>F6</key> <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<key>F6</key> <keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:189
+msgid "Give focus to the next/preivous pane in a GtkPaned window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:192
+msgid "<key>F8</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F8</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:193
+msgid "Give focus to the splitter bar in a paned window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:196
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:197
+msgid "Give focus to the menu bar or open header bar menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:200 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:72
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr "<key>Leertaste</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:201
+msgid "Toggle the state of a focused check box, radio button, or toggle button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:204
+msgid "<key>Return</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:205
+msgid "Activate focused button, menu item, etc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:208
+msgid "<key>Return</key> <key>End</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:209
+msgid "Select/move to the first item in a selected widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:212
+msgid ""
+"<key>PageUp</key>, <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>, "
+"<key>PageDown</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<key>Bild↑</key>, <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↑</key></keyseq>, "
+"<key>Bild↓</key> und <keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Bild↓</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:213
+msgid "Scroll the selected view by one page up/left/down/right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:218
+msgid ""
+"In addition, the shortcuts for Unicode character entry should also be "
+"avoided. This includes <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></"
+"keyseq> through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
+"keyseq>, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
+"through to <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>9</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:225
+msgid "Standard shortcut keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:227
+msgid ""
+"If your application uses any of the standard functions listed in the "
+"following tables, use the recommended standard keyboard shortcut for that "
+"function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:230
+msgid "Standard application shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:242
+msgid "<gui>Help</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Hilfe</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:243 C/menu-bars.page:793
+msgid "<key>F1</key>"
+msgstr "<key>F1</key>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:244
+msgid "Show the help content pages for the current application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:247 C/menu-bars.page:233
+msgid "<gui>Quit</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:248 C/menu-bars.page:234
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Q</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:249
+msgid "Quit the application"
+msgstr "Die Anwendung beenden"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:257
+msgid "Standard content shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:269 C/menu-bars.page:80
+msgid "<gui>New</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:270 C/menu-bars.page:81
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:271
+msgid "Create a new document"
+msgstr "Ein neues Dokument anlegen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:274
+msgid "<gui>Open</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:275 C/menu-bars.page:88
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>O</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:276
+msgid "Open a document"
+msgstr "Ein Dokument öffnen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:279 C/menu-bars.page:109
+msgid "<gui>Save</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:280 C/menu-bars.page:110
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:281
+msgid "Save the current document"
+msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument speichern"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:284
+msgid "<gui>Print</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:285 C/menu-bars.page:173
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:286
+msgid "Print the current document"
+msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument drucken"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:290 C/menu-bars.page:222
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:291
+msgid "Close the current document"
+msgstr "Das aktuelle Dokument schließen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:299
+msgid "Standard edit shorcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:311
+msgid "<gui>Undo</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:312 C/menu-bars.page:270
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:313
+msgid "Undo the last operation"
+msgstr "Die letzte Operation rückgängig machen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:316
+msgid "<gui>Redo</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:317 C/menu-bars.page:275
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:318
+msgid "Redo the last operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:323
+msgid ""
+"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find</gui></"
+"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> menu items, "
+"use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq> as the "
+"shortcut for <gui>Search</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:328
+msgid "Standard view shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:340 C/menu-bars.page:430
+msgid "<gui>Zoom In</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:341 C/menu-bars.page:431
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>+</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:342
+msgid "Zoom in on the document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:345 C/menu-bars.page:435
+msgid "<gui>Zoom Out</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:346 C/menu-bars.page:436
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:347
+msgid "Zoom out of the document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:350 C/menu-bars.page:440
+msgid "<gui>Normal Size</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:351 C/menu-bars.page:441
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>0</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:352
+msgid "Restore the zoom level to the normal size (generally 100%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:355 C/menu-bars.page:455
+msgid "<gui>Reload</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:356 C/menu-bars.page:451 C/menu-bars.page:456
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:357
+msgid ""
+"Reload the current document, updating content from the source if necessary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:360
+msgid "<gui>Properties</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:361
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:362
+msgid "Display the selected object’s properties window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:367
+msgid ""
+"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></"
+"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq> menu items, "
+"use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq> as the "
+"shortcut for <gui>Reload</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:372
+msgid "Standard bookmark shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:384 C/menu-bars.page:625
+msgid "<gui>Add Bookmark</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:385 C/menu-bars.page:626
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:386
+msgid "Add a bookmark for the current location"
+msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen für den aktuellen Ort hinzufügen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:389
+msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:390 C/keyboard-input.page:456 C/menu-bars.page:570
+#: C/menu-bars.page:631
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>B</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:391
+msgid "Open a window in which the user can edit and organize saved bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:396
+msgid ""
+"If your application requires both <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Bold</gui></"
+"guiseq> and <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks…</gui></guiseq> "
+"menu items, use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq> "
+"as the shortcut for <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:401
+msgid "Standard navigation shortcut keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:413 C/menu-bars.page:664
+msgid "<gui>Back</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:414 C/menu-bars.page:665
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Left</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:415
+msgid "Go to the previous location in the navigation chain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:418
+msgid "<gui>Next</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:419 C/menu-bars.page:670
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Right</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:420
+msgid "Go to the next location in the navigation chain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:423 C/menu-bars.page:674 C/menu-bars.page:679
+msgid "<gui>Up</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:424 C/menu-bars.page:675
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:425
+msgid "Go up one level in the navigation hierarchy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:428
+msgid "<gui>Home</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:429 C/menu-bars.page:680
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:430
+msgid "Go to the starting point"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:433 C/menu-bars.page:684
+msgid "<gui>Location…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:434 C/menu-bars.page:685
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:435
+msgid ""
+"Present or focus an entry field into which the user can type a new address "
+"or location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:443
+msgid "Standard format shortcut keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:455 C/menu-bars.page:569
+msgid "<gui>Bold</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:457
+msgid "Make selected text bold/regular"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:460 C/menu-bars.page:579
+msgid "<gui>Underline</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Unterstrich</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:461 C/menu-bars.page:318 C/menu-bars.page:580
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>U</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:462
+msgid "Underline/remove underline from selected text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:465 C/menu-bars.page:574
+msgid "<gui>Italic</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:466 C/menu-bars.page:575
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>I</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-input.page:467
+msgid "Make selected text italic/regular"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/lists.page:43
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/list-styles.svg' "
+"md5='f0d36f61a5d6e7f980e42c65aefa69c5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/lists.page:54
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/editable-lists.svg' "
+"md5='c9e5be503e9cea3d6ca45d15c3e96197'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/lists.page:14
+msgid "Lists"
+msgstr "Listen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/lists.page:16
+msgid ""
+"Lists are a basic user interface element that can be used to present "
+"information, content items, or controls. There are two primary types of list "
+"in GNOME 3: standard lists and tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/lists.page:18
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">Sidebar lists</link> are a separate design "
+"pattern which also make use of a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:23
+msgid ""
+"A list is an appropriate way to present content items that have a distinct "
+"name as their primary identifier. If the content is visual in nature, such "
+"as with photos or videos, you might want to consider using a <link xref="
+"\"grids\">grid</link> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:25
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, it is advantageous to show both a list and a grid view for "
+"the same content items. Used in this way, a list view allows additional "
+"information to be displayed about the content through columns of information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:30
+msgid "Standard lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Standard lists are most common list type, and should generally be used in "
+"favor of tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In standard lists, each row is divided by separators, and changing the sort "
+"order is acheived by using a control outside the list itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:37
+msgid "Styles"
+msgstr "Stile"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Standard lists have two styles: full-width and embedded. Full-width lists "
+"fill the width of their container. This keeps visual complexity to a minimum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Embedded lists have padding between them and their container. They are "
+"appropriate when the list contains columns of information which need to be "
+"kept close together for readability purposes. Embedded lists can also be "
+"used when a window contains several lists at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:48
+msgid "Editable lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Editable lists allow a user to add or remove items from the list (for this "
+"reason, they are sometimes known as add/remove lists). Both full-width and "
+"embedded lists can be editable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Each row contains a remove button. If the number of items is short, the "
+"final list row should be used as an add button. Alternatively, if the list "
+"is long, the add button can be placed in a <link xref=\"header-bars\">header "
+"bar</link> or or <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bar</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:60
+msgid "Tables"
+msgstr "Tabellen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Tables can be used for more complex multi-column lists, where sorting the "
+"table by a variety of columns is common. Column headers allow people to "
+"identify the type of information in each column and to reorder the list "
+"according to the content of each column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:64
+msgid ""
+"When using column headers, indicate the sort order using arrows on the "
+"header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:69
+msgid "Order"
+msgstr "Reihenfolge"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:70
+msgid "Arrow Direction"
+msgstr "Pfeilrichtung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:71
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr "Beispiel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:76
+msgid "Natural"
+msgstr "Natürlich"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:77
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "Nach unten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Alphabetical, smallest number first, earliest date first, checked items first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:81
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr "Umkehren"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:82
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "Hoch"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Reverse alphabetical, largest number first, most recent date first, "
+"unchecked items first"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:92
+msgid "Row behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the type of list, rows have different behaviors when they are "
+"clicked or pressed. There are three types of list in this regard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:99
+msgid "List Type"
+msgstr "Listentyp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:100
+msgid "Row Behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:105
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr "Navigation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:106
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a row opens the corresponding item, whether it is by browsing to a "
+"new view or opening a dialog. This pattern is common for lists of content "
+"items, or for presenting groups of settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:109
+msgid "Select"
+msgstr "Auswählen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:110
+msgid ""
+"The list item is selected when it is clicked or pressed. This approach is "
+"often used for selecting one of a series of configuration options. In the "
+"case of <link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">drop-down lists</link>, one option is "
+"always selected. The selected row is indicated by a check mark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/lists.page:113 C/menu-bars.page:245
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Bearbeiten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/lists.page:114
+msgid ""
+"Selecting the row item turns the row into a text entry field, which allows "
+"the item to be edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/lists.page:119
+msgid ""
+"Navigation style lists can be combined with <link xref=\"selection-mode"
+"\">selection mode</link> in order to allow rows to be both opened and "
+"manipulated. Using double-click to open list items should be avoided, since "
+"it is undiscoverable and is incompatible with touch input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:127
+msgid ""
+"Differentiate the different types of information using different alignments, "
+"<link xref=\"typography\">text colors and weights</link>. Highlight the most "
+"important and relevant information by giving other information a lighter "
+"weight and/or color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:128
+msgid ""
+"Be careful not to overpopulate lists with different columns and elements, "
+"and ensure that you only use them to present essential information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:129
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, avoid using several lists in the same window, "
+"particularly primary windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:130
+msgid ""
+"Do not use lists with fewer than about five items, unless the number of "
+"items may increase over time. For options lists, check boxes or radio "
+"buttons can be used as an alternative in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:131
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that lists are ordered to be helpful to those who are using them. "
+"Recent documents might be more useful than alphabetically ordered documents, "
+"or contacts that are online might be more interesting than those who are "
+"offline, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:132
+msgid ""
+"If you use icons in your list, <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork\">use symbolic "
+"icons</link>. The lower visual footprint of these icons will mean that they "
+"do not visually overload or dominate your list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/lists.page:133
+msgid ""
+"If the list is long, make it possible to search it using the standard <link "
+"xref=\"search\">search design pattern</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/menu-bars.page:31 C/ui-elements.page:34
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu-bar.svg' "
+"md5='b27a9fa81c37203e8cfdd99458539dfd'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:25
+msgid "Menu bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A menu bar incorporates a strip of drop-down menus. It is typically located "
+"at the top of a primary window, below a window title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The menubar is normally visible at all times and is always accessible from "
+"the keyboard, so make all the commands available in your application "
+"available on the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Menu bars increase the vertical footprint of an application’s user "
+"interface, introduce a large number of disclosure points, and function as a "
+"fixed set of inflexible options. For these reasons, <link xref=\"header-bars"
+"\">header bars</link> and <link xref=\"header-bar-menus\">header bar menus</"
+"link> are generally recommended over menu bars, along with other design "
+"patterns for exposing controls on demand, such as <link xref=\"selection-mode"
+"\">selection mode</link>, <link xref=\"action-bars\">action bars</link>, and "
+"<link xref=\"popovers\">popovers</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:38
+msgid ""
+"At the same time, menu bars can still be an appropriate choice, particularly "
+"for applications that already incorporate a header bar. Some platforms also "
+"incorporate space for a menu bar in their user environment, and a menu model "
+"can be desirable for cross-platform integration purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Do not disable menu titles. Allow the user to explore the menu, even though "
+"there might be no available items on it at that time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Menu titles on a menubar are single words with their first letter "
+"capitalized. Do not use spaces in menu titles, as this makes them easily-"
+"mistaken for two separate menu titles. Do not use compound words (such as "
+"<gui>WindowOptions</gui>) or hyphens (such as <gui>Window-Options</gui>) to "
+"circumvent this guideline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Do not provide a mechanism for hiding the menubar, as this may be activated "
+"accidentally. Some users will not be able to figure out how to get the menu "
+"bar back in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:54
+msgid "Standard menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:56
+msgid ""
+"This section details the most common menus and menu items in a menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:59
+msgid "File"
+msgstr "Datei"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>File</gui> menu contains commands that operate on the current "
+"document. It is the left-most item in the menubar because of its importance "
+"and frequency of use, and because it is a relevant menu in many "
+"applications. Historically, because most applications already had this menu, "
+"and because the distinction between closing documents and closing windows "
+"became blurred over time, the <gui>File</gui> menu has also become the "
+"standard location for <gui>Quit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The items on the <gui>File</gui> menu are generally ordered by locality, "
+"closest first. That is, items to save or load from file, followed by "
+"printing, followed by sending to a remote user. Try to maintain this "
+"ordering if you have to add new items to the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If your application does not operate on documents, name this item for the "
+"type of object it displays. For example, many games should have a <gui>Game</"
+"gui> instead of a <gui>File</gui> menu. However, place the <gui>Quit</gui> "
+"menu item last on this menu nonetheless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:68
+msgid "Creation and opening operation menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:73 C/menu-bars.page:102 C/menu-bars.page:155
+#: C/menu-bars.page:192 C/menu-bars.page:214 C/menu-bars.page:262
+#: C/menu-bars.page:290 C/menu-bars.page:347 C/menu-bars.page:397
+#: C/menu-bars.page:474 C/menu-bars.page:547 C/menu-bars.page:618
+#: C/menu-bars.page:657 C/menu-bars.page:699 C/menu-bars.page:751
+#: C/menu-bars.page:785
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Beschriftung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new document. Open a new primary window, with the title "
+"<gui>Document name</gui>, containing a blank document. How this window is "
+"displayed, eg: as a tab or a separate window, is up to the window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:83
+msgid ""
+"If your application can create a number of different types of document, you "
+"can make the <gui>New</gui> item a submenu, containing a menu item for each "
+"type. Label these items <gui>New</gui> document type, make the first entry "
+"in the submenu the most commonly used document type, and give it the "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Note: A blank document will not necessarily be completely blank. For "
+"example, a document created from a template may already contain some data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:87
+msgid "<gui>Open…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Opens an existing document in a new window. Present the user with a standard "
+"<gui>Open File</gui> dialog from which they can choose an existing file. If "
+"the chosen file is already open in the application, raise that window "
+"instead of opening a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:97
+msgid "Saved state operation menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:111
+msgid ""
+"Saves the document with its current filename. If the document already has a "
+"filename associated with it, save the document immediately without any "
+"further interaction from the user. If there are any additional options "
+"involved in saving a file (eg. DOS or UNIX-style line endings in a text "
+"file), prompt for these first time the document is saved, but subsequently "
+"use the same values each time until the user changes them. If the document "
+"has no current filename or is read-only, selecting this item should be the "
+"same as selecting <gui>Save As</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:114
+msgid "<gui>Save As…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:115
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:116
+msgid ""
+"Saves the document with a new filename. Present the user with the standard "
+"<gui>Save As</gui> dialog, and save the file with the chosen file name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:119
+msgid "<gui>Save a Copy…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:120 C/menu-bars.page:126 C/menu-bars.page:131
+#: C/menu-bars.page:136 C/menu-bars.page:141 C/menu-bars.page:163
+#: C/menu-bars.page:405 C/menu-bars.page:410 C/menu-bars.page:415
+#: C/menu-bars.page:421 C/menu-bars.page:426 C/menu-bars.page:446
+#: C/menu-bars.page:482 C/menu-bars.page:487 C/menu-bars.page:492
+#: C/menu-bars.page:497 C/menu-bars.page:502 C/menu-bars.page:507
+#: C/menu-bars.page:512 C/menu-bars.page:517 C/menu-bars.page:522
+#: C/menu-bars.page:527 C/menu-bars.page:555 C/menu-bars.page:560
+#: C/menu-bars.page:565 C/menu-bars.page:586 C/menu-bars.page:592
+#: C/menu-bars.page:597 C/menu-bars.page:602 C/menu-bars.page:636
+#: C/menu-bars.page:717 C/menu-bars.page:759 C/menu-bars.page:764
+#: C/menu-bars.page:769 C/menu-bars.page:798
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nichts"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:121
+msgid ""
+"Prompts the user to enter a filename, with which a copy of the document is "
+"then saved. Do not alter either the view or the filename of the original "
+"document. All subsequent changes are still made to the original document "
+"until the user specifies otherwise, for example by choosing the <gui>Save "
+"As</gui> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:122
+msgid ""
+"Like the <gui>Save As</gui> dialog, the <gui>Save a Copy</gui> dialog may "
+"present different ways to save the data. For example, an image may be saved "
+"in a native format or as a PNG."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:125
+msgid "<gui>Revert</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:127
+msgid ""
+"Reverts the document to the last saved state. Present the user with a "
+"warning that all changes will be lost, and offer the option of cancelling "
+"before reloading the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:130
+msgid "<gui>Save Version</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:132
+msgid ""
+"An alternative to the <gui>Save a Copy</gui> command. Only use this item in "
+"conjunction with the <gui>Restore Version</gui> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:135
+msgid "<gui>Restore Version…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:137
+msgid ""
+"Prompts the user for a version of the current document to be restored. "
+"Present the user with with a warning that all changes will be lost, and "
+"offer the option of cancelling before restoring the version. Only use this "
+"item in conjunction with the <gui>Save Version</gui> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:140
+msgid "<gui>Versions…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:142
+msgid ""
+"An alternative to the <gui>Save Version</gui> and <gui>Restore Version</gui> "
+"commands. Use this when more utilities, such as a diff, are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:150
+msgid "Export operations menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:162
+msgid "<gui>Page Setup</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:164
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to control print-related settings. Present the user with a "
+"dialog allowing the user to set such options as portrait or landscape "
+"format, margins, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:167
+msgid "<gui>Print Preview</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:168
+msgid ""
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>Strg</key><key>P</key></"
+"keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:169
+msgid ""
+"Shows the user what the printed document will look like. Present a new "
+"window containing an accurate representation of the appearance of the "
+"document as it would be printed. The libgnomeprintui library provides a "
+"standard <gui>Print Preview</gui> window that you should use if possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:172
+msgid "<gui>Print…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:174
+msgid ""
+"Prints the current document. Present the user with a dialog allowing them to "
+"set options like the page range to be printed, the printer to be used, and "
+"so on. The dialog must contain a button labelled <gui>Print</gui> that "
+"starts printing and closes the dialog. The libgnomeprintui library provides "
+"a standard <gui>Print</gui> dialog that you should use if possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:177
+msgid "<gui>Send To…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:178
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:179
+msgid ""
+"Provides the user a means to attach or send the current document as an email "
+"or email attachment, depending on its format. You may provide more than one "
+"<gui>Send</gui> item depending on which options are available. If there are "
+"more than two such items, move them into a submenu. For example, if only "
+"<gui>Send by Email</gui> and <gui>Send by Fax</gui> are available, leave "
+"them on the top-level menu If there is a third option, such as <gui>Send by "
+"FTP</gui>, place all the options in a Send submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:187
+msgid "File properties menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:199
+msgid "<gui>Properties…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:200
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:201
+msgid ""
+"Opens the document’s <gui>Properties</gui> window. This may contain editable "
+"information, such as the document author’s name, or read-only information, "
+"such as the number of words in the document, or a combination of both. The "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Return</key></keyseq> shortcut should not be "
+"provided where <key>Return</key> is most frequently used to insert a new "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:209
+msgid "Closing operations menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:223
+msgid ""
+"Closes the current document. If it has unsaved changes, present the user "
+"with a confirmation alert giving the option to save changes, discard them, "
+"or cancel the action without closing or saving the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:224
+msgid ""
+"If the window you are closing is the last open document in the application, "
+"the correct action depends on your application type:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:226
+msgid "Single document interface: close the application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:227
+msgid ""
+"Controlled single document interface: leave only the control window open"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:228
+msgid ""
+"Multiple document interface: close the current document and create a new "
+"blank document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:235
+msgid ""
+"Closes the application. If there are unsaved changes in any open documents, "
+"present the user with a confirmation alert for each affected document, "
+"giving the option to save the changes, discard them, or cancel. If there are "
+"no unsaved changes, close the application immediately without presenting any "
+"further messages or dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:236
+msgid ""
+"In particular, non-document based applications, for example a game or a "
+"calculator, should save their state and exit immediately. This state should "
+"be restored the next time the application is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:247
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Edit</gui> menu contains items relating to editing both the "
+"document (clipboard handling, search and replace, and inserting special "
+"objects) and the user’s preferences. <gui>Preferences</gui> are edited here "
+"rather than on a <gui>Settings</gui> menu, because:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:250
+msgid ""
+"most applications’ preferences windows are accessed via a single menu item, "
+"and single-item menus offer poor usability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:251
+msgid "most applications already contain a suitable Edit menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:255
+msgid "Modification history menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:257
+msgid ""
+"Document-based applications should maintain a history of modifications to a "
+"document and the state of the document between each action. The Undo and "
+"Redo commands move backwards and forwards through this history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:269
+msgid "<gui>Undo <em>action</em></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:271
+msgid ""
+"Undoes the effect of the previous action in the undo history list. Revert "
+"the document to its state before the previous action was performed. If your "
+"application supports undo, and the user undoes all changes since it was last "
+"saved, treat the document as unmodified. Note: provide a separate <gui>Undo</"
+"gui> and <gui>Redo</gui> menu item even if your application only supports "
+"one level of undo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:274
+msgid "<gui>Redo <em>action</em></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:276
+msgid ""
+"Performs the next action in the undo history list, after the user has moved "
+"backwards through the list with the <gui>Undo</gui> command. Move the user "
+"one step forwards again, restoring the document to the state it was in after "
+"that action was originally performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:277
+msgid ""
+"Note: provide a separate <gui>Undo</gui> and <gui>Redo</gui> menu item even "
+"if your application only supports one level of undo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:285
+msgid "Selected data manipulation menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:297
+msgid "<gui>Cut</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:298
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:299
+msgid ""
+"Removes the selected content and places it onto the clipboard. Visually, "
+"remove the content from the document in the same manner as <gui>Delete</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:302
+msgid "<gui>Copy</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Kopieren</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:303
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:304
+msgid "Copies the selected content onto the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:307
+msgid "<gui>Paste</gui>"
+msgstr "<gui>Einfügen</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:308
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:309
+msgid ""
+"Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the document. If there is no "
+"current selection, use the caret as the insertion point. If there is a "
+"current selection, replace it with the clipboard contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:312
+msgid "<gui>Paste Special…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:313
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:314
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a non-default representation of the clipboard contents into the "
+"document. Open a dialog presenting a list of the available formats from "
+"which the user can select. For example, if the clipboard contains a PNG file "
+"copied from a file manager, the image may be embedded in the document, or a "
+"link to the file inserted so that changes to the image on disk are always "
+"reflected in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:317
+msgid "<gui>Duplicate</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:319
+msgid ""
+"Creates a duplicate copy of the selected object. Do not prompt for a name "
+"for the duplicate object, but give it a sensible default (for example, Copy "
+"of ShoppingList.abw) and allow the user to change it later. Place the "
+"duplicate copy as near the original as possible without overlapping it, even "
+"if this means breaking the current sort order within the container, so the "
+"user sees it immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:322
+msgid "<gui>Delete</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:323
+msgid "<key>Delete</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:324
+msgid "Removes the selected content without placing it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:327
+msgid "<gui>Select All</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:328 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:92
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:329
+msgid "Selects all content in the current document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:332
+msgid "<gui>Deselect All</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:333 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:97
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>Strg</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:334
+msgid ""
+"Deselects all content in the current document. Only provide this item in "
+"situations when no other method of undoing selection is possible or apparent "
+"to the user. For example, in complex graphics applications where selection "
+"and deselection is not usually possible simply by using the cursor keys. "
+"Note: Do not provide <gui>Deselect All</gui> in text entry fields, as "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>hex</key></keyseq> digit is used "
+"to enter unicode characters so its shortcut will not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:342
+msgid "Searching and replacing menu items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:354
+msgid "<gui>Find…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:355
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:356
+msgid ""
+"Opens a window or dialog allowing the user to search for specific content in "
+"the current document. Highlight each match in-place. If the command allows "
+"the user to search for content in places other than the current document, "
+"for example other open documents, other documents on disk, or a remote "
+"network location, label this item <gui>Search</gui> instead of <gui>Find</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:359
+msgid "<gui>Find Next</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:360
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:361
+msgid ""
+"Selects the next instance of the last Find term in the current document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:364
+msgid "<gui>Find Previous</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:365
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Umschalttaste</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:366
+msgid ""
+"Selects the previous instance of the last <gui>Find</gui> term in the "
+"current document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:369
+msgid "<gui>Replace…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:370
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:371
+msgid ""
+"Opens a window or dialog allowing the user to search for specific content in "
+"the current document, and replace each occurrence with new content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:379
+msgid "Inserting special objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:381
+msgid ""
+"Where applicable, provide items on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu that insert "
+"special objects such as images, links, GUI controls or the current date and "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:383
+msgid ""
+"If you have up to three types of object that can be inserted, add them as "
+"individual items to this menu, for example <gui>Insert Image</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Insert External Link</gui>. If you have between three and six types, "
+"place them on an <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Insert</gui></guiseq> submenu. "
+"If you have more than six, add a separate <gui>Insert</gui> menu to the "
+"menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:390
+msgid "View"
+msgstr "Ansicht"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:392
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>View</gui> menu contains only items that affect the user’s view of "
+"the current document. Do not place any items on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
+"that affect the content of the current document. (Exception: "
+"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> may change the current "
+"contents if, for example, the document is a webpage that has been recently "
+"updated on the server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:404
+msgid "<gui>Icons</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:406
+msgid ""
+"Shows the contents of the selected container as rows and columns of large "
+"icons, each with its name underneath. This is a radio button menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:409
+msgid "<gui>List</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:411
+msgid ""
+"Shows the contents of the selected container as a list of small icons, "
+"possibly in multiple columns, each with its name on its right-hand side. "
+"This is a radio button menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:414
+msgid "<gui>Details</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:416
+msgid ""
+"Shows the contents of the selected container as single column of small "
+"icons, each with its name on its right-hand side. Additional columns give "
+"extra information about the object each icon represents, for example the "
+"size and modification date of files in a file manager. This is a radio "
+"button menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:417
+msgid ""
+"If your application has no need for both <gui>List</gui> and <gui>Details</"
+"gui> modes, use the List item for whichever of the two modes you support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:420
+msgid "<gui>Sort By…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:422
+msgid ""
+"Sorts the contents of a container by user-specified criteria. Open a dialog "
+"allowing the user to choose from pre-defined sort keys (for example, Name, "
+"Size, or Modification Date in a file manager), or to specify their own if "
+"applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:425
+msgid "<gui>Filter…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:427
+msgid ""
+"Hides objects that are not of interest to the user. Open a dialog allowing "
+"the user to choose from a list of types of object they want to display, or "
+"to enter their own criteria (for example, a regular expression matched "
+"against a particular property of the objects)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:432
+msgid ""
+"Zooms into the document. Make the center of the new view the same as the "
+"center of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:437
+msgid ""
+"Zooms out of the document. Make the center of the new view the same as the "
+"center of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:442
+msgid ""
+"Resets the zoom level back to the default value, normally 100%. Make the "
+"center of the new view the same as the center of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:445
+msgid "<gui>Best Fit</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:447
+msgid ""
+"Makes the document fill the window. Show the document, or the current page "
+"of the document, at as high a zoom level as will fit in the window whilst "
+"allowing the whole document or page to be visible without scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:450
+msgid "<gui>Refresh</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:452
+msgid ""
+"Redraws the current view of the document from local storage. For example, in "
+"a web browser application, this would redraw the page from the browser page "
+"cache."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:457
+msgid ""
+"Redraws the current view of the document, checking the data source for "
+"changes first. For example, checks the web server for updates to the page "
+"before redrawing it. If your application requires both <gui>Reload</gui> and "
+"<gui>Refresh</gui>, use <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></"
+"keyseq> as the shortcut for <gui>Reload</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:465
+msgid "Insert"
+msgstr "Einfügen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:467
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Insert</gui> menu lists the type of special objects that can be "
+"inserted into the document at the current caret position, for example "
+"images, links, page breaks or GUI objects. Only provide this menu if you "
+"have more than about six types of object that can be inserted, otherwise "
+"place individual items for each type on the <gui>Edit</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:469
+msgid ""
+"The types of object will vary between applications, but the table below "
+"shows some common types that may be applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:481
+msgid "<gui>Page Break</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:483
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a page break at the caret position. Show the page break visually, "
+"for example as a dotted line across the page, unless the user has "
+"specifically requested not to see them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:486
+msgid "<gui>Date and Time…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:488
+msgid ""
+"Inserts the current date and/or time at the caret position. Open a dialog "
+"giving a choice of date and time formats. If applicable, also offer the "
+"choice to insert either as plain text, so the specified date and time will "
+"always appear in the document, or as a special field that will updated every "
+"time the document is opened, refreshed or printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:491
+msgid "<gui>Symbol…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:493
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a special symbol, such as a mathematical symbol or foreign "
+"character, at the caret position. Open a dialog showing all the available "
+"symbols as a table, from which the user can choose. The user must be able to "
+"add multiple symbols to the document at one time without having to close and "
+"re-open the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:496
+msgid "<gui>Sheet…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:498
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new sheet to the current workbook. Do not prompt for a name, but "
+"choose a sensible default (such as <gui>Sheet-2</gui>) and allow the user to "
+"change it later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:501
+msgid "<gui>Rows…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:503
+msgid ""
+"Adds new rows to a table in which one or more rows or cells are currently "
+"selected. Open a dialog asking whether to insert rows above or below the "
+"current selection, and for any other required information. Copy the row "
+"format from the last or first row of the current selection respectively, "
+"unless the user specifies otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:506
+msgid "<gui>Columns…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:508
+msgid ""
+"Adds new columns to a table in which one or more columns or cells are "
+"currently selected. Open a dialog asking whether to insert columns to the "
+"left or right of the current selection, and for any other required "
+"information. Copy the column format from the right- or left-most column of "
+"the current selection respectively, unless the user specifies otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:511
+msgid "<gui>Image…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:513
+msgid ""
+"Inserts an image into the document from a file. Present a standard Open File "
+"dialog filtered on acceptable file types, from which the user can choose an "
+"image file to insert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:516
+msgid "<gui>Graph…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:518
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a graph into the document. Open a dialog or assistant that allows "
+"the user to build (or open from a file) a graph of their choice, using the "
+"current selection as an indication of which values, axis labels and data "
+"labels to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:521
+msgid "<gui>From File…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:523
+msgid ""
+"Inserts an object from any acceptable file type, for example plain text, "
+"formatted text, or an image. Present a standard Open File dialog filtered on "
+"acceptable file types, from which the user can choose a file to insert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:526
+msgid "<gui>External Link…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:528
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a link to an object stored in a different file, or on a remote "
+"system. The object is not embedded in or saved with the document, only a "
+"link to it. Open a dialog in which the user can type or choose the name of "
+"the object, for example a filename or a webpage URL. Show the link in the "
+"document in as informative way as possible. For example, show a link to an "
+"image as a thumbnail of that image, unless the user specifies otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:536
+msgid "Format"
+msgstr "Format"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:538
+msgid ""
+"A <gui>Format</gui> menu contains commands to change the visual appearance "
+"of the document. For example, changing the font, color, or line spacing of a "
+"text selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:540
+msgid ""
+"The difference between these commands and those on the <gui>View</gui> menu "
+"is that changes made with Format commands are persistent and saved as part "
+"of the document, for example as HTML or RTF tags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:542
+msgid ""
+"Items found on the Format menu will be very application-specific, but some "
+"common items are listed in the table below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:554
+msgid "<gui>Style…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:556
+msgid ""
+"Sets the style attributes of the selected text or objects either "
+"individually or to a named, predefined style. Open a dialog allowing the "
+"user to set attributes such as bold, italic, size and spacing individually, "
+"and to create their own named styles where applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:559
+msgid "<gui>Font…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:561
+msgid ""
+"Sets the font properties of the selected text or objects. Open a dialog "
+"allowing the user to choose font, size, style, color, or whatever other "
+"attributes are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:564
+msgid "<gui>Paragraph…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:566
+msgid ""
+"Sets the properties of the selected paragraph. Open a dialog allowing the "
+"user to choose style, line spacing, tabulation, or whatever other attributes "
+"are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:571
+msgid ""
+"Toggles the boldness of the current text selection on or off. If some of the "
+"selection is currently bold and some is not, this command should bolden the "
+"selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:576
+msgid ""
+"Toggles the italicisation of the current text selection on or off. If some "
+"of the selection is currently italicized and some is not, this command "
+"should italicise the selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:581
+msgid ""
+"Toggles underlining of the current text selection. If some of the selection "
+"is currently underlined and some is not, this command should underline the "
+"selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:585
+msgid "<gui>Cells…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:587
+msgid ""
+"Sets the properties of the selected table cells. Open a dialog allowing the "
+"user to choose alignment, borders, shading, text style, number format, or "
+"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:591
+msgid "<gui>List…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:593
+msgid ""
+"Sets the properties of the selected list, or turns the selected paragraphs "
+"into a list if they are not already formatted as such. Open a dialog "
+"allowing the user to choose number or bullet style, spacing, tabulation, or "
+"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:596
+msgid "<gui>Layer…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:598
+msgid ""
+"Sets the properties of all or selected layers of a multi-layered document. "
+"Open a dialog allowing the user to choose name, size, visibility, opacity, z-"
+"ordering, or whatever other attributes are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:601
+msgid "<gui>Page…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:603
+msgid ""
+"Sets the properties of all or selected pages of the document. Open a dialog "
+"allowing the user to choose paper size, orientation, columns, margins, or "
+"whatever other attributes are applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:611
+msgid "Bookmarks"
+msgstr "Lesezeichen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:613
+msgid ""
+"Provide a Bookmarks menu in any application that allows the user to browse "
+"files and folders, help documents, web pages or any other large information "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:627
+msgid ""
+"Adds a bookmark for the current document to the default bookmark list. Do "
+"not pop up a dialog asking for a title or location for the bookmark, instead "
+"choose sensible defaults (such as the document’s title or filename as the "
+"bookmark name) and allow the user to change them later using the <gui>Edit "
+"Bookmarks</gui> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:630
+msgid "<gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:632
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to edit the application’s bookmark list. Open a window in "
+"which the user can arrange bookmarks into a hierarchy, move, copy, and "
+"delete bookmarks, and change their properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:635
+msgid "Bookmark List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:637
+msgid "The user’s current list of bookmarks for the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:645
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Go"
+msgstr "Los"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:647
+msgid ""
+"A <gui>Go</gui> menu provides commands for quickly navigating around a "
+"document or collection of documents, or an information space such as a "
+"directory structure or the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:649
+msgid ""
+"The contents of the menu will vary depending on the type of application. "
+"Different standard menus are presented here for browser-based and document-"
+"based applications , but your application may require a combination of both."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:652
+msgid "Go menu items for a browser application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:666
+msgid "Navigates to the previous document in the browser’s history list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:669
+msgid "<gui>Forward</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:671
+msgid "Navigates to the next document in the browser’s history list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:676
+msgid ""
+"Navigates to the current document’s (or folder’s) parent document (or "
+"folder). For a document browser, such as an online help viewer, this usually "
+"means navigating to the enclosing sub-section, section, chapter or contents "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:681
+msgid "Navigates to a starting page defined by the user or the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:686
+msgid ""
+"Navigates to a user-specified URI. Open a dialog into which the user can "
+"type a suitable URI, or select one from a list where applicable (for "
+"example, a file selection dialog for applications that can handle file:// "
+"URIs)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:694
+msgid "Go menu items for a document-based application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:706
+msgid "<gui>Previous Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:707
+msgid "<key>PageUp</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:708
+msgid "Navigates to the previous page in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:711
+msgid "<gui>Next Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:712
+msgid "<key>PageDown</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:713
+msgid "Navigates to the next page in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:716
+msgid "<gui>Go to Page…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:718
+msgid ""
+"Navigates to a user-specified page number. Open a dialog into which the user "
+"can type a page number. Text-based applications may also include a <gui>Go "
+"to Line…</gui> menu item, which allows the user to jump to a specified line "
+"number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:721
+msgid "<gui>First Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:722
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Pos1</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:723
+msgid "Navigates to the first page in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:726
+msgid "<gui>Last Page</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:727
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Ende</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:728
+msgid "Navigates to the last page in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:738
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Fenster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:740
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Windows</gui> menu contains commands that apply to all of the "
+"application’s open windows. Only use a Windows menu in multiple document "
+"interface (MDI) applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:742
+msgid ""
+"Use of MDI is discouraged, as they have a number of inherent usability "
+"problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:744
+msgid ""
+"You may also label this menu <gui>Documents</gui>, <gui>Buffers</gui>, or "
+"similar according to the type of document handled by your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:746
+msgid ""
+"The last items on this menu are a numbered list of the application’s primary "
+"windows, for example <gui>1shoppinglist.abw</gui>. Selecting one of these "
+"items raises the corresponding window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:758
+msgid "<gui>Save All</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:760
+msgid ""
+"Saves all open documents. If any documents have no current filename, prompt "
+"for a filename for each one in turn using the standard <gui>Save</gui> "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:763
+msgid "<gui>Close All</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:765
+msgid ""
+"Closes all open documents. If there are any unsaved changes in any "
+"documents, post a confirmation alert for each one in turn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:768
+msgid "List of windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:770
+msgid ""
+"Each menu item raises the corresponding window to the top of the window "
+"stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menu-bars.page:778
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hilfe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:780
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Help</gui> menu provides access to all online documentation for "
+"your application. This includes both the user guide, and the <gui>About</"
+"gui> window which includes a brief description of your application’s "
+"functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:792
+msgid "<gui>Contents</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:794
+msgid ""
+"Opens the default help browser on the contents page for the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:797
+msgid "<gui>About</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/menu-bars.page:799
+msgid ""
+"Opens the About dialog for the application. Use the standard dialog provided "
+"by the GNOME libraries, which contains the name and version number of the "
+"application, a short description of the application’s functionality, author "
+"contact details, copyright message and a pointer to the licence under which "
+"the application is made available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/menus.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:32
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/menu.svg' "
+"md5='1997424d43df9bee4a79276f2f7ec305'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/menus.page:25
+msgid "Menus"
+msgstr "Menüs"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/menus.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A menu is a list of actions and/or options which is revealed by pressing a "
+"heading or button. In the case of context menus, the menu is opened through "
+"a secondary action (such as secondary click with a mouse, or long press with "
+"a touch screen) on an item of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menus.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Menus can appear as a part of a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, as "
+"context menus (see <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link>), or "
+"as part of a <link xref=\"button-menus\">button menu</link>. Refer to the "
+"relevant pages for advice on when to use these elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/menus.page:39
+msgid "Size and structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menus.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Menus should contain between three and 12 top-level items. If a menu "
+"contains more than 12 items, evaluate whether all the items are necessary "
+"and belong in the menu. If you are unable to reduce the size, submenus can "
+"be used. However, they should be avoided if at all possible, as they are "
+"physically difficult to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menus.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Submenus should contain between three and six items, and should never "
+"contain other submenus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/menus.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Organize similar menu items into groups using dividers - this will make them "
+"easier to understand and quicker to use. When creating groups:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Order groups and group items logically, either by importance, task order, or "
+"expected frequency of use. Items at the top and bottom of the menu are more "
+"noticable and easily targetted, so reserve these locations for particularly "
+"important or interesting functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Place single-item groups at the top or bottom of the menu, or group them "
+"together with other single items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Do not mix different types of menu item within each group - actions, check "
+"box and radio button items should be kept separate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> for "
+"every menu item. You may use the same access key on different menus in your "
+"application, but avoid duplicating access keys on the same menu. Note that "
+"unlike other controls, once a menu is displayed, its access keys may be used "
+"by just typing the letter; it is not necessary to press the Alt key at the "
+"same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Label menu items with verbs for commands and adjectives for settings, using "
+"<link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#ellipses\">ellipses</link> when a menu item "
+"requires further input from the user to complete an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/menus.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Two linked actions can be combined into a single menu item, by changing the "
+"label when the item is selected. For example, a <gui>Play</gui> item may "
+"change to <gui>Pause</gui>. However, only use this type of item when actions "
+"are logical opposites which are obvious to users. Likewise, do not use this "
+"technique for settings - use check boxes or radio buttons instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/notifications.page:14
+msgid "Notifications"
+msgstr "Benachrichtigungen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/notifications.page:16
+msgid ""
+"Notifications enable you to inform the users about events when they are not "
+"using your application. They also provide the ability for users to quickly "
+"respond to those events, using notification actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Use notifications to inform the user about events they will be interested in "
+"while they are not using your application. This can include new messages in "
+"messaging applications, the completion of long-running tasks, reminders for "
+"calendars, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Notifications shouldn’t be used as a substitute for feedback that is "
+"provided by your application windows, which should be able to inform the "
+"user about events without the need for notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/notifications.page:28
+msgid "Notification elements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:30
+msgid "Notifications in GNOME 3 have a number of standard components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:35
+msgid "Element"
+msgstr "Element"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:40
+msgid "Application Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:40
+msgid "Indicates which application sent the notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:43
+msgid "Title"
+msgstr "Titel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:43
+msgid "The heading for the notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:46
+msgid "Body"
+msgstr "Rumpf"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:46
+msgid ""
+"An optional block of text which gives extra detail about the notification. "
+"The notification body can include multiple paragraphs. For example: a "
+"snippet from the beginning of an email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:49
+msgid "Default Action"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:49
+msgid ""
+"This is the action that is triggered when the notification is activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:52
+msgid "Actions"
+msgstr "Aktionen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/notifications.page:52
+msgid "Each notification can include up to three buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/notifications.page:58
+msgid "Titles"
+msgstr "Titel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:60
+msgid ""
+"The title should provide a short and concise summary of the event that "
+"triggered the notification. The notification body may not always be visible, "
+"so it is important to ensure that the notification can be understood from "
+"the title alone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/notifications.page:65
+msgid "Default actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:67
+msgid ""
+"The default action should always dismiss the notification and raise a window "
+"belonging to the application that sent the notification. If the notification "
+"relates to a particular part of your application’s user interface, the "
+"default action should display that part of the UI. The default action for a "
+"notification about a new email should show the relevant email message when "
+"activated, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/notifications.page:72
+msgid "Notification actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/notifications.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You can provide useful functionality by embedding buttons in notifications. "
+"This allows users to quickly and easily respond to the notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Notification actions should be related to the content of the notification, "
+"and should not provide generic actions for your application. This ensures "
+"that each notification has a clear focus and purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Only use notification actions when the functionality that they provide is "
+"commonly required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Actions shold not replace user interface controls elsewhere - it should be "
+"possible to take the same actions from your application’s windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:80
+msgid ""
+"It is not necessary to always use notification actions, and many "
+"notifications will not require them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Notification actions should not duplicate the default action. For example, a "
+"new email notification does not need to include an Open button, since the "
+"default action should already perform this action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/notifications.page:88
+msgid "General guidance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:91
+msgid ""
+"It is important not to needlessly distract users with notifications. This "
+"can easily become annoying and frustrating, and will not incline users to "
+"like your application. Therefore, always be critical when using "
+"notifications, and question whether users really need to be informed about "
+"the events you want to communicate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Applications that deal with lots of events, such as email or social media "
+"messages, run a particular risk of distracting users with too many "
+"notifications. These applications should place restrictions on how "
+"frequently they send notification messages. Instead of showing a "
+"notification for each new message, it is a good idea for each notification "
+"to provide a summary of new messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Notifications in GNOME 3 persist after they have been initially displayed. "
+"It is therefore important to remove notification messages that are no longer "
+"relevant to the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:95
+msgid ""
+"Your application window should provide feedback on all the events that have "
+"been communicated by notifications. As a result, when your application "
+"window is focused, notification messages should be treated as having been "
+"read, and should be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/notifications.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that your application removes notifications that are no longer valid. "
+"For example, a notification for a weather warning that has been revoked "
+"should be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/patterns.page:21
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/patterns.svg' "
+"md5='39c238652d4e620f0bd5975dd5e7dd2e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/patterns.page:13
+msgid "Patterns"
+msgstr "Muster"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/patterns.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Patterns are the primary elements that make up an application design. Some "
+"patterns, like <link xref=\"application-menus\">application menus</link> or "
+"<link xref=\"header-bars\">header bars</link>, are highly recommended. "
+"Others are optional, and deciding on which patterns you want to use forms a "
+"core part of the design process. To help with this, each pattern page "
+"details the appropriate uses of each pattern, and suggests alternatives that "
+"might be applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/patterns.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Once you have decided which patterns to use, the <link xref=\"ui-elements"
+"\">user interface elements pages</link> provide details of individual "
+"elements that you can use to fill out your design."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:128
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/tap.svg' md5='542dacd6f7b5d2a559c0941fd43c1271'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:136
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/tap-and-hold.svg' "
+"md5='758a756e51dcdc6790ad8d6dfec30a61'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:144
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/drag.svg' md5='56fa4d12196bb021a0c0b3c601b66879'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:152
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/pinch-or-stretch.svg' "
+"md5='4c4ee87ce1441e624ed512d86b18feab'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:160
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/double-tap.svg' "
+"md5='1f07b8f4aa0e035dfda6396f34181400'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:168
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/flick.svg' md5='99705b91124b157c3ffdf0cc8593d787'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:187
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/edge-drag.svg' "
+"md5='7d7ca541e9451653ace9c73f94485cd6'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:198
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/3-finger-pinch.svg' "
+"md5='3d665caebb2ce8be56beebfcaa8619a1'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:206
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/4-finger-drag.svg' "
+"md5='d4ad2c4258656637d39fcbe7bd94783c'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:214
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/touch/3-finger-hold-and-tap.svg' "
+"md5='e37c9a8b7f4c24f19368550bcc8309d5'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:17
+msgid "Pointer and touch input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Pointer and touch input are two of the primary means through which users "
+"will interact with your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:22
+msgid "Pointer input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A pointing device is any input device that allows the manipulation of a "
+"pointer - typically represented as an arrow, and often called a cursor - on "
+"screen. While mice and touchpads are the most common, there are a wide "
+"variety of such devices, including graphics tablets, track balls, track "
+"points and joysticks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:27
+msgid "Primary and secondary buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Mice and touchpads often have two main buttons. One of these acts as the "
+"primary button, and the other acts as the secondary button. Typically, the "
+"left button is used as the primary button and the right button is used as "
+"the secondary button. However, this order is user-configurable and does not "
+"translate to touchscreen input. These guidelines therefore refer to primary "
+"and secondary action, rather than left and right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Use the primary action for selecting items and activating controls. The "
+"secondary action can be used for accessing additional options, typically "
+"through a context menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Do not depend on input from secondary or other additional buttons. As well "
+"as being physically more difficult to click, some pointing devices and many "
+"assistive technology devices only support or emulate the primary button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Press and hold should be used to simulate the secondary button on single "
+"button pointing devices. Therefore, do not use press and hold for other "
+"purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Double click should not be used, since it is undiscoverable, and translates "
+"poorly to touch input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If present on the mouse, the scrollwheel should scroll the window or control "
+"under the pointer, if it supports scrolling. Initiating scrolling in this "
+"way should not move keyboard focus to the window or control being scrolled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Do not require the use of chording (pressing multiple mouse buttons "
+"simultaneously) for any operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Do not require the use of multiple (triple- or quadruple-) clicking actions "
+"for any operations, unless you also provide an accessible alternative method "
+"of performing the same action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Allow all mouse operations to be cancelled before their completion. Pressing "
+"<key>Esc</key> should cancel any mouse operation in progress, such as "
+"dragging and dropping a file in a file manager, or drawing a shape in a "
+"drawing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Do not refer to particular mouse buttons in your interface unless absolutely "
+"necessary. Not everybody will be using a conventional mouse with left, "
+"middle and right buttons, so any text or diagrams that refer to those may be "
+"confusing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:54
+msgid "Mouse and keyboard equivalents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that every operation in your application that can be done with the "
+"mouse can also be done with the keyboard. The only exceptions to this are "
+"actions where fine motor control is an essential part of the task. For "
+"example, controlling movement in some types of action games, or freehand "
+"painting in an image-editing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If your application allows items to be selected, the following equivalent "
+"actions should be in place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:63 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:118
+msgid "Action"
+msgstr "Aktion"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:64
+msgid "Mouse"
+msgstr "Maus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:65
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tastatur"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:70
+msgid "Open an item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:71 C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:86
+msgid "Primary button"
+msgstr "Primäre Taste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:75
+msgid "Add/remove item from selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:76
+msgid "<key>Ctrl</key> and primary button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:77
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Strg</key><key>Leertaste</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:80
+msgid "Extend selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:81
+msgid "<key>Shift</key> and primary button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:82
+msgid ""
+"<key>Shift</key> in combination with any of the following: <key>Space</key> "
+"<key>Home</key> <key>End</key> <key>PageUp</key> <key>PageDown</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:85
+msgid "Change selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Any of the following: <key>←</key> <key>↑</key> <key>→</key> <key>↓</key> "
+"<key>Home</key> <key>End</key> <key>PageUp</key> <key>PageDown</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:90
+msgid "Select all"
+msgstr "Alles auswählen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Primary button on first item, then primary button and <key>Shift</key> on "
+"the last item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:95
+msgid "Deselect all"
+msgstr "Auswahl aufheben"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:96
+msgid "Primary click on the container background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:106
+msgid "Touch input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:108
+msgid ""
+"Touch screens are also an increasingly common part of modern computer "
+"hardware, and applications created with GTK+ are likely to be used with "
+"hardware that incorporates a touch screen. To make the most of this "
+"hardware, and to conform to users’ expectations, it is therefore important "
+"to consider touch input as a part of application design."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:111
+msgid "Application touch conventions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:113
+msgid ""
+"Using touch input consistently with other applications will allow users to "
+"easily learn how to use your application with a touch screen. The following "
+"conventions are recommended, where relevant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:120
+msgid "Result"
+msgstr "Ergebnis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:125
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Tap</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:129
+msgid "Tap on an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:130
+msgid ""
+"Primary action. Item opens - photo is shown full size, application launches, "
+"song starts playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:133
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Press and hold</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:137
+msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:138
+msgid ""
+"Secondary action. Select the item and list actions that can be performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:141
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Drag</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:145
+msgid "Slide finger touching the surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:146
+msgid "Scrolls area on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:149
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Pinch or stretch</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:153
+msgid ""
+"Touch surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further apart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:154
+msgid "Changes the zoom level of the view (eg. Maps, Photos)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:157
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Double tap</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:161
+msgid "Tap twice in quick succession."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:162
+msgid "Stepped zoom in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:165
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Flick</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:169
+msgid ""
+"Very quick drag, losing contact with the surface without slowing movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:170
+msgid "Removes an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:178
+msgid "System touch conventions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:180
+msgid ""
+"In GNOME 3, a number of touch gestures are reserved for use by the system. "
+"These should be avoided by applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:184
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Edge drag</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:188
+msgid "Slide finger starting from a screen edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:189
+msgid "Bottom edge opens the Message Tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:190
+msgid "Top-left edge opens the application menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:191
+msgid "Top-right edge opens the system status menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:192
+msgid ""
+"Left edge opens the Activities Overview with the application view visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:195
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Three finger pinch</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:199
+msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:200
+msgid "Opens the Activities Overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:203
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Four finger drag</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:207
+msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:208
+msgid "Switches workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:211
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Three finger hold and tap</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:215
+msgid "Hold two fingers on the surface while tapping with the third."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/pointer-and-touch-input.page:216
+msgid "Switches application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/popovers.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:38
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/popover.svg' "
+"md5='905d21b5892d9ee6b4acaafa8192fdf7'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/popovers.page:13
+msgid "Popovers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/popovers.page:15
+msgid ""
+"A popover is a transient container that appears over its parent window in "
+"response to a user action. Popovers can contain a variety of UI elements, "
+"including buttons, lists or menus. They are often used as a part of button "
+"menus or context menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/popovers.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Popovers can be used to reveal additional controls that are not always "
+"needed by the user. They can can allow the user to take actions or they can "
+"contain settings and preferences. They are a very flexible interface element "
+"that lend themselves to creative design solutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/popovers.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A popover should always relate to a specific interface element which acts as "
+"the source of the popover. Typically, this is either a button or a content "
+"item. When they are triggered by a button, a popover can be used as a more "
+"flexible version of a button menu, allowing groups of controls to be "
+"accessed when needed. Examples of this include:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:27
+msgid "Revealing a small toolbox of text formatting controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:28
+msgid ""
+"A find interface, with a search entry box and a space for a list of results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:29
+msgid ""
+"A collection of view controls, such as zoom, list/grid and content ordering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/popovers.page:32
+msgid ""
+"As a mechanism for disclosing additional controls or information, popovers "
+"are similar to <link xref=\"dialogs\">dialog windows</link>. Their main "
+"advantage over dialogs is that they are less disruptive and have a close "
+"relationship with a single element which the popover points to. However, you "
+"should still consider using a dialog if you want to display large amounts of "
+"information, or more complex arrangements of controls, or if the situation "
+"requires one of the common conventions for dialog usage, such as a "
+"confirmation dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/popovers.page:37
+msgid "Popover content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:40
+msgid ""
+"A popover is a generic container, and can include a wide variety of "
+"controls, such as buttons, sliders, lists, switches and text fields. "
+"However, don’t mix too many different types of control within the same "
+"popover, and try to group controls of the same type together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Popovers can function as a container for a menu, or for a menu in "
+"combination with a small number of supplementary controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If the purpose of a popover’s controls is ambigious, the popover can be "
+"given a heading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/popovers.page:43
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Close</gui> or <gui>Done</gui> buttons are not usually required in a "
+"popover."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/popovers.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Popovers should always be small in size (as a rule of thumb, they should not "
+"cover more than a third of their parent window) and low in complexity. They "
+"should always appear as subordinates to their parent windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/popovers.page:53
+msgid ""
+"A popover should only ever appear in response to a user action, and should "
+"never appear in a surprising or unintended manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/primary-windows.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/primary-windows.svg' "
+"md5='087b7dbf4e5512736d2b688e05d3a40c'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/primary-windows.page:14
+msgid "Primary windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Primary windows are the basic high-level container for your application user "
+"interface, and should present the core functionality of your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Every application should have at least one primary window associated with it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/primary-windows.page:28
+msgid "Application types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:30
+msgid "There are two main models for primary windows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/primary-windows.page:33
+msgid "Single instance applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Single instance applications have a single primary window. This model is "
+"common for messaging applications, such as email, chat, or contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/primary-windows.page:40
+msgid "Multiple instance applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Multiple instance applications can have multiple primary windows. Typically, "
+"each primary window will be identical. Multi-instance applications are "
+"frequently viewers or editors, such as for documents or images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Both single and multiple instance applications can allow multiple content "
+"items to be opened, either through the use of <link xref=\"tabs\">tabs</"
+"link> or browser-style navigation. However, multiple windows do offer "
+"additional capabilities, which include:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:47
+msgid "Viewing several content items alongside each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:48
+msgid "Placing content on different workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:49
+msgid "Organizing sets of content into different windows (if using tabs)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If your application isn’t running and its launcher is activated, a single "
+"primary window should be displayed. Do not show multiple windows when your "
+"application is initially launched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If your application launcher is selected while your application is running, "
+"all its primary windows should be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Primary windows should host the main functionality of your application. Do "
+"not rely on dialogs or secondary windows in order to present basic "
+"functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Primary windows should be independent - closing one primary window should "
+"not result in other primary windows being closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Dialog windows should always be dependent on a primary window. See the <link "
+"xref=\"dialogs\">dialogs page</link> guidelines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Your application should cease to run when all its primary windows have been "
+"closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/primary-windows.page:65
+msgid "<gui>Quit</gui> should close all primary windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/progress-bars.page:35 C/ui-elements.page:40
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-bars.svg' "
+"md5='41b786a9c179cb2075973fd75aa80ba4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/progress-bars.page:25
+msgid "Progress bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Progress bars are visual indicators of the progress of a task being carried "
+"out. There are three main types of progress bar:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:30
+msgid "Time-remaining: indicate how much time remains in an operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Typical-time: indicate how much time remains, based on an estimate of the "
+"expected duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Indeterminate: only indicate that an operation is ongoing, not how long it "
+"will take."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The primary advantage of a progress bar over other methods of indicating "
+"progress is that a progress bar graphically indicates the proportion of a "
+"task that has been completed. This also results in progress bars taking more "
+"space and having a higher visual footprint. Therefore, they are best used to "
+"indicate progress on tasks that can take a relatively long time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:42
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, only use a progress bar for tasks that take over 30 "
+"seconds. For tasks that have shorter periods, <link xref=\"progress-spinners"
+"\">progress spinners</link> are often a better choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Accuracy is preferable for progress bars. Where possible, use a time-"
+"remaining progress bar, followed by typical-time. Try to avoid using "
+"indeterminate progress bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that time-remaining and typical-time progress bars measure an "
+"operation’s total time or total work, not just that of a single step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Update time-remaining progress bars when changes occur that will cause the "
+"operation to finish more quickly or more slowly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-bars.page:53
+msgid ""
+"When using a typical-time progress bar, if your application overestimates "
+"the completed amount of work, the length of the bar can indicate “almost "
+"complete” until the operation is complete. If your application "
+"underestimates how much work is complete, fill the remaining portion of the "
+"bar when the operation is complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:44
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/progress-spinner.svg' "
+"md5='9cfe1a10877e6776257f97c3011e17e0'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:13
+msgid "Progress spinners"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:15
+msgid ""
+"Progress spinners are a common user interface element for indicating "
+"progress in a task. In contrast to progress bars, they only indicate that "
+"progress is taking place, and do not display the proportion of the task that "
+"has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:22
+msgid ""
+"A progress indication is generally needed whenever an operation takes more "
+"than around three seconds, and is necessary to indicate that an operation is "
+"really taking place. Otherwise, a user will be left in doubt whether an "
+"error has occurred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:24
+msgid ""
+"At the same time, progress indications are a potential source of "
+"distraction, especially when displayed for short periods of time. If an "
+"operation takes less that 3 seconds, it is better to avoid using a progress "
+"spinner, since animated elements that are shown for a very short amount of "
+"time can detract from the overall user experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Spinners do not graphically show the degree of progress through a task, and "
+"are often better-suited for shorter operations. If the task is likely to "
+"take more than a minute, a <link xref=\"progress-bars\">progress bar</link> "
+"might be a better choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:28
+msgid ""
+"The shape of progress spinners also affects their appropriateness for "
+"different situations. Since they are effective at small sizes, spinners can "
+"be easily embedded in small user interface elements, like lists or header "
+"bars. Likewise, their shape means that they can be effective when embedded "
+"within square or rectangular containers. On the other hand, if vertical "
+"space is limited, a progress bar can be a better fit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If an operation can vary in how long it takes, use a timeout to only show a "
+"progress spinner after three seconds have elapsed. A progress indication is "
+"not needed for lengths of time below this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Place progress spinners close to or within the user interface elements they "
+"relate to. If a button triggers a long-running operation, the spinner can be "
+"placed next to that button, for example. When loading content, the spinner "
+"should be placed within the area where that content will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Generally, only one progress spinner should be displayed at once. Avoid "
+"showing a large number of spinners simulatenously - this will often be "
+"visually overwhelming."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:39
+msgid ""
+"A label can be shown next to a spinner if it is helpful to clarify the task "
+"which a spinner relates to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/progress-spinners.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If a spinner is displayed for a long time, a label can indicate both the "
+"identity of the task and progress through it. This can take the form of a "
+"percentage, an indication of the time remaining or, or progress through sub-"
+"components of the task (eg. modules downloaded, or pages exported)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:56
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/radio-buttons.svg' "
+"md5='7a96508578ca5723e09f2a6349b3a51d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:25
+msgid "Radio buttons"
+msgstr "Auswahlknöpfe"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Radio buttons are used in groups to select from a mutually exclusive set of "
+"options. Only one radio button within a group may be set at any one time. As "
+"with check boxes, do not use radio buttons to initiate actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Only use radio buttons in groups of at least two, never use a single radio "
+"button on its own. To represent a single setting, use a check box or two "
+"radio buttons, one for each state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Exactly one radio button should be set in the group at all times. The only "
+"exception is when the group is showing the properties of a multiple "
+"selection, when one or more of the buttons may be in their mixed state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Clicking a radio button should not affect the values of any other controls. "
+"It may sensitize, insensitize, hide or show other controls, however."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If toggling a radio button affects the sensitivity of other controls, place "
+"the radio button immediately to the left of the controls that it affects. "
+"This helps to indicate that the controls are dependent on the state of the "
+"radio button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Use <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
+"link> for radio button labels, for example <gui>Switched movement</gui>. "
+"Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</link> in "
+"the label that allows the user to set the radio button directly from the "
+"keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If the radio button represents a setting in a multiple selection that is set "
+"for some objects in the selection and unset for others, show the radio "
+"button in its mixed state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Do not place more than about eight radio buttons under the same group "
+"heading. If you need more than eight, consider using a single-selection list "
+"instead— but you probably also need to think about how to simplify your user "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/radio-buttons.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Try to align groups of radio buttons vertically rather than horizontally, as "
+"this makes them easier to scan visually. Use horizontal or rectangular "
+"alignments only if they greatly improve the layout of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/search.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/search.svg' "
+"md5='c593a0848d305226ce4f85056355af8e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/search.page:14
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Suchen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/search.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Search allows content items to be located by filtering content that is "
+"displayed on screen. It is distinct from find, which involves moving or "
+"highlighting the content that is being searched for, rather than filtering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/search.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Provide search whenever a large collection of content is presented, and "
+"those content items have a textual component. This could be a collection of "
+"actual content items, such as documents, contacts or videos, or a list of "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/search.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Search is a great way to make it easy for users to find what it is they are "
+"looking for, and its consistent availability means that users can rely on "
+"and expect it to be present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/search.page:27
+msgid ""
+"However, while search can be highly effective, and some users will use it, "
+"others will not. Therefore, try to supplement other means for finding "
+"content items with search, rather than relying on it exclusively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/search.page:32
+msgid "The search bar"
+msgstr "Die Suchleiste"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/search.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The standard pattern for search in GNOME 3 utilizes a special search bar "
+"which slides down from beneath the header bar. In primary windows, the "
+"search bar is typically hidden until it is activated by the user. There are "
+"three common ways to activate search in this context:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Typing when a text entry field is not focused should activate search, and "
+"the entered text should be added to the search field. This is called “type "
+"to search”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The keyboard shortcut for search (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></"
+"keyseq>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:41
+msgid ""
+"A search button in the header bar should allow the search bar to be "
+"displayed (the search button should toggle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/search.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If search is a primary method for finding content in your application, you "
+"can make the search bar permanently visible, or visible when the application "
+"is first started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/search.page:49
+msgid "Search results"
+msgstr "Suchergebnisse"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Search should be “live” wherever possible - the content view should update "
+"to display search results as they are entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In order to be effective, it is important that search results are quickly "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If a search term does not return any results, ensure that feedback is given "
+"in the content view. Often a simple \"No results\" label is sufficient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Be tolerant of mistakes in search terms. Matching misspellings or incorrect "
+"terminology is one way to do this. Presenting suggestions for similar "
+"matches or related content is another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Permit a broad range of matching search terms. This helps people who are "
+"unsure of the exact term they require but who do know characteristics "
+"associated with the item they want to find. A list of cities could return "
+"matches for country or region, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/search.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Results should be ordered in a way that ensures that the most relevant items "
+"are displayed first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/selection-mode.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/selection-mode.svg' "
+"md5='e0f92df0cff169d85e6f27373f92f85a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/selection-mode.page:14
+msgid "Selection mode"
+msgstr "Markierungsmodus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Selection mode is a design pattern for allow actions to be performed on "
+"items of content. It is typically used in conjunction with lists and grids."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:20
+msgid ""
+"When selection mode is active, check boxes allow items to be selected, and "
+"an action bar is shown at the bottom of the view. This contains the various "
+"actions that can be performed on selected content items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:25
+msgid "Selection mode is appropriate when:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:28
+msgid ""
+"It is common to perform actions simultaneously on multiple content items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:29
+msgid "Multiple actions are available to be performed on content items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:30
+msgid ""
+"It is helpful for users to be able to perform actions on content items "
+"without opening them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If it is more typical for users to perform actions on single content items, "
+"you might want to consider another design pattern, such as a context menu. "
+"Likewise, if there is only one action that can be performed on content "
+"items, a variant of selection mode can be used (an overlaid button could "
+"allow the action to be performed on items directly, rather than requiring "
+"them to be selected first, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/selection-mode.page:38
+msgid "Activating selection mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The primary way of activating selection mode is through the selection mode "
+"button, which is located in the header bar and which is identified by a "
+"check mark icon. Selection mode can also be activated by rubber band "
+"selection, or by holding Ctrl or Shift and clicking/pressing content items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/selection-mode.page:45
+msgid "The action bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Controls in the action bar should be insensitive when no items have been "
+"selected. Sometimes actions may only be applied to multiple content items; "
+"in this case the relevant controls should only be sensitive when multiple "
+"items are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:49
+msgid "Controls in the action toolbar can have icons or text labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/selection-mode.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Groups of actions can be distinguished by placing them at either end of the "
+"toolbar. Destructive actions, like delete, should be placed away from other "
+"controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/sidebar-list.svg' "
+"md5='56acac866e8e5d057fdcb727df4a75a2'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:14
+msgid "Sidebar lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A sidebar list allows different views to be switched between. Those views "
+"can contain groups of content items, single content items, or sets of "
+"controls. The sidebar divides the window in two, with content being shown on "
+"the opposite pane to the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Sidebar lists can be used in primary windows, either as a permanent fixture "
+"or an element that is shown on demand. They can also be used in dialog "
+"windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Sidebar lists can be used in conjunction with the <link xref=\"search"
+"\">search</link> and <link xref=\"selection-mode\">selection mode</link> "
+"design patterns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Use a sidebar list when it is necessary to expose a larger number of views "
+"than can be accommodated by a standard <link xref=\"view-switchers\">view "
+"switcher</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Sidebar lists also provide a possible alternative to browser-style "
+"navigation. They have a number of advantages here:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:32
+msgid ""
+"When content items have a narrow width, and don’t require an immersive "
+"experience. A sidebar would be inappropriate for browsing videos for this "
+"reason, but is well-suited to contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When content items are dynamic. For messaging applications, where new "
+"content items appear or old ones are updated, a sidebar list provides the "
+"ability for someone to view one item while simultaneously being aware of "
+"updates to the overall message list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When it is possible to filter a collection of content, and there are a large "
+"number of filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Temporary sidebar lists can also be displayed for particular views in your "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Order the list according to what is most useful for the users of your "
+"application. It is often best to place recently updated items at the top of "
+"the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Header bar controls which affect the sidebar list should be placed within "
+"the list pane section of the header bar. Controls for search and selection "
+"should be found above the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sidebar-lists.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Each list row can include multiple lines of text, as well as images. "
+"However, be careful to ensure that the most important information is not "
+"lost, and work to ensure a clean and attractive appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/sliders.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:46
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/sliders.svg' "
+"md5='88426d7d09e03a828b136a61b0d4046c'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sliders.page:25 C/spin-boxes.page:43
+msgid "Sliders"
+msgstr "Schieberegler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sliders.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A slider allows the user to quickly select a value from a range. In GTK+, "
+"sliders can be implemented using the GtkHScale or GtkVScale controls, for "
+"horizontal or vertical sliders respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sliders.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Sliders can be used to either change a value, or for navigation within a "
+"content item, such as video, audio or even documents. Common uses include "
+"seeking through audio or video, changing a zoom or volume level, or setting "
+"values in image editors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sliders.page:36
+msgid "Use a slider when:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:39
+msgid ""
+"The range of values is fixed and ordered, and when adjusting the value "
+"relative to its current value is more important than choosing an absolute "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:40
+msgid ""
+"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that real time feedback is provided, in order to enable the user to "
+"make live adjustments. Examples of this include sound from speakers, "
+"indicating volume changes, or live feedback in an image editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:50
+msgid "Take care to ensure that the purpose of a slider is clearly identified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In cases where it is common to use a slider, follow placement conventions. "
+"For example, in video players, it is common to situate a horizontal seek bar "
+"along the bottom of the window. Simply placing a slider in this position is "
+"enough to identify it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In other cases, label the slider with a text label above it or to its left, "
+"using <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">sentence capitalization</"
+"link>. Provide an <link xref=\"keyboard-input#access-keys\">access key</"
+"link> in the label that allows the user to give focus directly to the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Mark significant values along the length of the slider with text or tick "
+"marks. For example the left, right and center points on an audio balance "
+"control in Figure 6-7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sliders.page:56
+msgid ""
+"For large ranges of integers (more than about 20), and for ranges of "
+"floating point numbers, consider providing a <link xref=\"text-fields\">text "
+"box</link> or <link xref=\"spin-boxes\">spin box</link> that is linked to "
+"the slider’s value. This allows the user to quickly set or fine-tune the "
+"setting more easily than they could with the slider control alone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:50
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/spin-boxes.svg' "
+"md5='cbb3d747ae6bf644c7e0539d03aaba38'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:25
+msgid "Spin boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A spin box is a text box that accepts a range of values. It incorporates two "
+"buttons that allow the user to increase or decrease the value by a fixed "
+"amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Use spin boxes for numerical input only. Use a list or option menu when you "
+"need the user to select from fixed data sets of other types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Use a spin box if the numerical value is meaningful or useful for the user "
+"to know, and the valid input range is unlimited or fixed at one end only. "
+"For example, a control for specifying the number of iterations of some "
+"action, or a timeout value. If the range is fixed at both ends, or the "
+"numerical values are arbitrary (for example, a volume control), use a slider "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If the exact value in the spin button is not relevant to a user, a slider "
+"might be a better choice of control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:45
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, it is appropriate to link a spin button with a slider. This "
+"combination allows both approximate control and the entry of specific "
+"values. However, it is only useful if you want to cater to people who may "
+"know a specific value that they want to use. Use a slider when:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Immediate feedback for changes in the spin box’s value is possible (such as "
+"in the case of image editing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:49
+msgid ""
+"It is useful for the user to control the rate of change of the value in real "
+"time. For example, to monitor the effects of a color change in a live "
+"preview window as they drag the RGB sliders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Label the spin box with a text label above it or to its left, using sentence "
+"capitalization. Provide an access key in the label that allows the user to "
+"give focus directly to the spin box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/spin-boxes.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Right-justify the contents of spin boxes, unless the convention in the "
+"user’s locale demands otherwise. This is useful in windows where the user "
+"might want to compare two numerical values in the same column of controls. "
+"In this case, ensure the right edges of the relevant controls are also "
+"aligned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/switches.page:17 C/ui-elements.page:52
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/switches.svg' "
+"md5='9c003632158a83486e3b19f22369b82f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/switches.page:13
+msgid "Switches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/switches.page:15
+msgid "A switch is a simple interface element which has an on and off state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/switches.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Switches should be used for controlling services or hardware that have a "
+"clear on/off logic. They are particularly appropriate when those services or "
+"hardware do not activate immediately (ie. there is a delay between the "
+"switch being operated and it having an effect), or when they affect the "
+"operation of the application in a significant way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/switches.page:24
+msgid ""
+"When the control does not turn a function on or off, or when a function does "
+"not clearly have an on/off nature, a <link xref=\"check-boxes\">check box</"
+"link> is a more appropriate option. For example, an alarm might be "
+"controlled using a switch, since it can be turned on or off. However, a "
+"check box is a better choice for an option to repeat that alarm on a daily "
+"basis, since alarm repetition is a configuration option, rather than "
+"starting or stopping a particular piece of functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/switches.page:26
+msgid ""
+"When in doubt, use switches for important configuration options, and check "
+"boxes for minor sub-options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/switches.page:31
+msgid "Switch labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/switches.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Switch labels should be written using <link xref=\"writing-"
+"style#capitalization\">header capitalization</link>. The name of the "
+"function affected by the switch should be used as the label. <gui>Automatic "
+"Location</gui> or <gui>Notifications</gui> are examples of good switch "
+"labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/tabs.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:58
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/tabs.svg' "
+"md5='13001ed8763650a8b243319d6f816d0d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tabs.page:25
+msgid "Tabs"
+msgstr "Reiter"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tabs.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Tabs provide a way to break down a window into a series of views. They come "
+"in two primary forms: fixed and dynamic. Fixed tabs provide an immutable set "
+"of defined views that are built into a user interface, primarily dialog "
+"windows. Dynamic tabs allow a user to view multiple documents or locations "
+"within an application’s primary window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Use fixed tabs when a dialog contains too many controls (or too much "
+"information) to comfortably present them at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic tabs are primarily useful for browser or editor applications, where "
+"a user might want to use several locations or content items simulatenously."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tabs.page:41
+msgid "Fixed tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Do not use too many tabs. If you cannot see all the tabs without scrolling "
+"or splitting them into multiple rows, you are probably using too many and "
+"should use a list control instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Label tabs with <link xref=\"writing-style#capitalization\">header "
+"capitalization</link>, and use nouns rather than verbs, for example "
+"<gui>Font</gui> or <gui>Alignment</gui>. Try to give tab labels a similar "
+"length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Do not design tabs such that changing controls on one page affects the "
+"controls on any other page. Users are unlikely to discover such dependencies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:47
+msgid "If a control affects every tab, place it outside the tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Use tabs that are proportional to the width of their labels. Don’t just set "
+"all the tabs to the same width, as this makes them harder to scan visually, "
+"and limits the number of tabs you can display without scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tabs.page:54
+msgid "Dynamic tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Tabs often have a constrained width, so ensure that tab labels are short and "
+"concise, and that the most useful part of the label is displayed first. This "
+"ensures that the label continues to be useful even when ellipsized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If the content of a tab changes or requires attention, a visual hint can be "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tabs.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Provide a context menu on each tab. This menu should only include actions "
+"for manipulating the tab itself, such as <gui>Move Left</gui>, <gui>Move "
+"Right</gui>, <gui>Move to New Window</gui>, and <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tabs.page:63
+msgid "Full and partial integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If tabs are an important part of the application, make the tab bar "
+"permanently visible, so that the first tab is visible when the application "
+"is launched. A new tab button can also be placed in the header bar or "
+"toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic tabs can also be used in cases where tabs will not always be used, "
+"or do not form a core part of the application’s functionality. In these "
+"cases, tabs provide an additional extra function for those users who want to "
+"use them, without introducing superfluous controls for those who only view a "
+"single location or content item within each window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tabs.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In these cases, the tab bar should only be displayed when two or more tabs "
+"are open, and a new tab button should not be displayed in the header bar or "
+"toolbar. Keyboard shortcuts or menu items should be used to allow new tabs "
+"to be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/text-fields.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:62
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/text-fields.svg' "
+"md5='7e401f906f207a206c92eab34699d73d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/text-fields.page:25
+msgid "Text fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A text entry field is an interface element for entering or editing text. It "
+"is a basic element with a variety of uses, including search entry, settings "
+"and preferences, or account configuration and setup. A text entry field can "
+"be prefilled with text, and can include additional buttons or icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Size text fields according to the likely size of the content they will "
+"contain. This gives a useful visual cue to the amount of input expected and "
+"prevents overflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:36
+msgid ""
+"In an <link xref=\"dialogs#instant-and-explicit-apply\">instant-apply "
+"dialog</link>, validate the contents of the entry field when it loses focus "
+"or when the window is closed, not after each keypress. Exception: if the "
+"field accepts only a fixed number of characters, such as a hexadecimal color "
+"code, validate and apply the change as soon as that number of characters "
+"have been entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you implement an entry field that only accepts certain characters, such "
+"as digits, play the system warning beep when the user tries to type an "
+"invalid character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Normally, pressing <key>Tab</key> in a single-line entry field should move "
+"focus to the next control, and in a multi-line entry field it should insert "
+"a tab character. Pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> in "
+"a multi-line entry field should move focus to the next control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you need to provide a keyboard shortcut that inserts a tab character into "
+"a single line entry field, use <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></"
+"keyseq>. You are unlikely to find many situations where this is useful, "
+"however."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/text-fields.page:45
+msgid "Embedding information and controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A variety of additional information or controls can be inserted within a "
+"text entry field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Icons or icon buttons can be placed inside a text field to provide status "
+"information or additional controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:52
+msgid ""
+"An icon at the beginning of the entry can be used to indicate its purpose - "
+"replacing the need for the entry to be labelled. Search entry fields are the "
+"classic example of this, where a search icon is placed on the left side of "
+"the entry field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the text to be entered is case sensitive, a warning icon can be shown "
+"inside the text field if caps lock is on. This is typically shown on the "
+"right side of the entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If it is common for the text field to be cleared, a clear icon button can be "
+"placed inside the field, at the right side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If you place an icon in a text entry field (either as an indicator or a "
+"button), use its symbolic variant from the GNOME Symbolic Icon Theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/text-fields.page:58
+msgid ""
+"When a user would benefit from additional information in order to use a text "
+"entry field, it can be prefilled with a hint text. As with any decision to "
+"display additional information, this should only be done when it is "
+"necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/toolbars.page:29 C/ui-elements.page:64
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/ui-elements/toolbar.svg' "
+"md5='6ff605bcff3484f2e04dcd6d0d34bce9'"
+msgstr "original"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/toolbars.page:25
+msgid "Toolbars"
+msgstr "Werkzeugleisten"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:27
+msgid ""
+"A toolbar is a strip of controls that allows convenient access to commonly-"
+"used functions. Most toolbars only contain graphical buttons, but in more "
+"complex applications, other types of controls such as drop-down lists, can "
+"also be useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Use a toolbar to provide access to common actions, tools or options in "
+"primary windows. <link xref=\"header-bars\">Header bars</link> also perform "
+"this role, and a toolbar is generally not required if you are using header "
+"bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:36
+msgid ""
+"While toolbars are a common approach, there are cases where they are not the "
+"most effective. Interfaces that focus on direct manipulation, or which make "
+"heavy use of progressive disclosure, may provide a better alternative. Each "
+"of these approaches requires more time and effort at the design stage, and "
+"should only be pursued by those who are confident in pursuing more original "
+"design solutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Only include controls for the most important functions. Having too many "
+"toolbar controls reduces their efficiency by making them harder to find, and "
+"too many rows of toolbars reduces the amount of screen space available to "
+"the rest of the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Utilize conventions for toolbars to increase familiarity. For example, the "
+"main toolbar in an office application will nearly always have New, Open and "
+"Save as its first three toolbar buttons. Similarly, the first few buttons in "
+"a browser application should always include Back, Forward, Stop and Reload, "
+"in that order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Place only the most commonly-used application functions on your toolbars. "
+"Don’t just add buttons for every menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a <link xref=\"menu-bars\">menu bar</link>, ensure that it "
+"includes all the functions that appear on you toolbar, either directly (i.e. "
+"an equivalent menu item) or indirectly (e.g. in the <guiseq><gui>Options</"
+"gui><gui>Settings</gui></guiseq> dialog)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Toolbars shouldn’t include buttons for <gui>Help</gui>, <gui>Close</gui> or "
+"<gui>Quit</gui>, as these are rarely used and the space is better used for "
+"more useful controls. Similarly, only provide buttons for <gui>Undo</gui>, "
+"<gui>Redo</gui> and the standard clipboard functions if there is space on "
+"the toolbar to do so without sacrificing more useful, application-specific "
+"controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/toolbars.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Toolbar <link xref=\"buttons\">buttons</link> should have a relief, and icon "
+"buttons should use <link xref=\"icons-and-artwork#color-vs-symbolic"
+"\">symbolic icons</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/typography.page:11
+msgid "William Jon McCann"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/typography.page:14
+msgid "Font sizes, weights and styles, and special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/typography.page:17
+msgid "Typography"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/typography.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Text is an important part of any user interface. Text size, positioning and "
+"weight all contribute to the ability for text to convey information "
+"effectively, and also play an important role in creating a beautiful "
+"appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/typography.page:22
+msgid "Default Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/typography.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Wherever possible, use the default system fonts as provided by the "
+"distribution or operating system on which your application is running. In "
+"GNOME 3, the default font is Cantarell, which was originally designed and "
+"developed by David Crossland."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/typography.page:29
+msgid "Variants, Sizes and Weights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/typography.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Different text weights and colors can and should be used to distinguish "
+"different kinds of information. At the same time, too many variants, sizes, "
+"and weights can make text harder to read and isn't an efficient or elegant "
+"way to convey information. Make an effort to minimize the range of font "
+"variants, sizes and weights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/typography.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Use smaller and/or lighter text for less important information, and heavier/"
+"darker text to attract attention to important text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/typography.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Avoid the use of italic or oblique faces, as these are visually more "
+"complex, and can be distracting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/typography.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Never capitalize every letter in a word or sentence. Shouting at your users "
+"isn't nice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/typography.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not use graphical backdrops or \"watermarks\" behind text. These "
+"interfere with the contrast between the text and its background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/typography.page:43
+msgid "Take Advantage of Unicode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:48
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Verwendung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:48
+msgid "Incorrect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:48
+msgid "Correct"
+msgstr "Korrekt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:48
+msgid "Unicode to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:53
+msgid "Quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:53
+msgid "\"quote\""
+msgstr "»Zitat«"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:53
+msgid "“quote”"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:53
+msgid "U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK, U+201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:56
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "Zeit"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:56
+msgid "4:20"
+msgstr "16:20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:56
+msgid "4∶20"
+msgstr "16:20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:56
+msgid "U+2236 RATIO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:59
+msgid "Multiplication"
+msgstr "Multiplikation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:59
+msgid "1024x768"
+msgstr "1024x768"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:59
+msgid "1024×768"
+msgstr "1024×768"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:59
+msgid "U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:62
+msgid "Ellipsis"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:62
+msgid "Introducing..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:62
+msgid "Introducing…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:62
+msgid "U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:65
+msgid "Apostrophe"
+msgstr "Apostroph"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:65
+msgid "The user's preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:65
+msgid "The user’s preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:65
+msgid "U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:68
+msgid "Bullet list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:68
+msgid "- One\\n- Two\\n- Three"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:68
+msgid "• One\\n • Two\\n • Three"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:68
+msgid "U+2022 BULLET"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:71
+msgid "Ranges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:71
+msgid "June-July 1967"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:71
+msgid "June–July 1967"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/typography.page:71
+msgid "U+2013 EN DASH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/ui-elements.page:13
+msgid "User interface elements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:15
+msgid ""
+"User interface elements are the building blocks for application interfaces. "
+"The guidelines in this section are intended to help you get the details of "
+"your design right. It is recommended that you ensure that you are familiar "
+"with the <link xref=\"patterns\">design patterns</link> before you use this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:19
+msgid "<link xref=\"buttons\">Buttons</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"buttons\">Knöpfe</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:21
+msgid "<link xref=\"button-menus\">Button Menus</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:25
+msgid "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Check boxes</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"check-boxes\">Ankreuzfelder</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:27
+msgid "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Drop down lists</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"drop-down-lists\">Auswahllisten</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:31
+msgid "<link xref=\"menus\">Menus</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"menus\">Menüs</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:33
+msgid "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menu bars</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"menu-bars\">Menüleisten</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:37
+msgid "<link xref=\"popovers\">Popovers</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:39
+msgid "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Progress bars</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"progress-bars\">Fortschrittsbalken</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:43
+msgid "<link xref=\"progress-spinners\">Progress spinners</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:45
+msgid "<link xref=\"sliders\">Sliders</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"sliders\">Schieberegler</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:49
+msgid "<link xref=\"spin-boxes\">Spin boxes</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:51
+msgid "<link xref=\"switches\">Switches</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:55
+msgid "<link xref=\"radio-buttons\">Radio buttons</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:57
+msgid "<link xref=\"tabs\">Tabs</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"tabs\">Reiter</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:61
+msgid "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Text fields</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"text-fields\">Textfelder</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/ui-elements.page:63
+msgid "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Toolbars</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"toolbars\">Werkzeugleisten</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/view-switchers.page:16
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/patterns/view-switcher.svg' "
+"md5='709975647d96c42479379c74f4bc34c3'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/view-switchers.page:14
+msgid "View switchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A view switcher is a control that allows switching between a number of "
+"predefined views. It appears as a set of toggle buttons that are placed in "
+"the center of a header bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:23
+msgid "There are two primary cases when a view switcher is appropriate:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:26
+msgid ""
+"When presenting content, and it is useful to be able to view different sets "
+"or sub-sets of content. For example, a music application could show "
+"different views for artists, albums and playlists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If your application provides discrete groups of functionality which are "
+"typically used independently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:30
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, a view switcher should contain between three and five "
+"views. If you have more views, a <link xref=\"sidebar-lists\">sidebar list</"
+"link> might be a more appropriate view switching control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/view-switchers.page:35
+msgid "Additional guidelines"
+msgstr "Zusätzliche Richtlinien"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:38
+msgid "Each view should have a short and clear title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/view-switchers.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Buttons in the view switcher widget can indicate when there is activity in a "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/visual-layout.page:51
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-incorrect.svg' "
+"md5='0d49b9a0859b61c44907e5383eb1548e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/visual-layout.page:54
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-correct.svg' "
+"md5='e3c39ae2afd325d6d472b81e335c161a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/visual-layout.page:57
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/visual-alignment-spacing.svg' "
+"md5='b03186d63d106a76bb8485b3f858146f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/visual-layout.page:66
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='figures/label-alignment.svg' "
+"md5='54434a2a98b7d7dda18baac74b94f51d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/visual-layout.page:23
+msgid "Arranging elements within a user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/visual-layout.page:26
+msgid "Visual layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:28
+msgid ""
+"The visual layout of controls, information and content affects how easy it "
+"is to understand your application, as well as how beautiful it is. It is "
+"important to recognise that visual design has a strong impact on how much "
+"work is involved in using an application - poor layout results in users "
+"having to put in additional effort, while good layout requires less effort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Following these visual layout guidelines will help you to produce an "
+"application that is beautiful, easy to understand, and efficient to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:36
+msgid ""
+"An alignment point is an imaginary vertical or horizontal line through your "
+"window that touches the edge of one or more labels or controls in the "
+"window. Minimize the number of these - the fewer there are, the cleaner and "
+"simpler your layout will appear, and the easier it will be for people to "
+"understand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Align content and controls in your layout exactly. The eye is very sensitive "
+"to aligned and unaligned objects. If visual elements do not line up, it will "
+"be hard for someone to scan them. Elements that do not quite line up will be "
+"distracting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:38
+msgid "Be consistent. Use the same amounts of spacing throughout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Organize related controls and information into groups, and use spacing to "
+"differentiate them. This makes an interface far easier to read and "
+"understand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:41
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of thumb, leave space between elements in increments of 6 pixels, "
+"going up as the relationship between related elements becomes more distant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:42
+msgid "Between labels and associated components, leave 12 horizontal pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:43
+msgid ""
+"For vertical spacing between groups of components, 18 pixels is adequate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:44
+msgid ""
+"A general padding of 18 pixels is recommended between the contents of a "
+"dialog window and the window borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:46
+msgid "Indent elements by 12 pixels to denote hierarchy and association."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Avoid using frames with visible borders to separate groups of controls - use "
+"spacing and headers instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:50
+msgid "Incorrect spacing and alignment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:53
+msgid "Correct spacing and alignment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:56
+msgid "Correct spacing, with units (pixels):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/visual-layout.page:62
+msgid "Label alignment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If possible, right-justify labels (see the diagram below). This will avoid "
+"large gaps between labels and their associated controls. This type of right-"
+"justification is not possible if you have indented controls: here left-"
+"justification should be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/visual-layout.page:71
+msgid "Visual hierarchy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/visual-layout.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Organize visual elements from top-to-bottom and left-to-right. This is the "
+"direction that people from western locales tend to read an interface, so "
+"that the items at the top-left will be encountered first. This ordering "
+"gives interfaces a hierarchy: those components that are viewed first are "
+"perceived to have priority over those that come after them. For this reason, "
+"you should place dominant controls above and to the left of the controls and "
+"content that they affect. Header bars are a key design pattern in this "
+"respect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:26
+msgid "Writing style"
+msgstr "Schreibstil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Text plays an important role in user interfaces. Take the time to ensure "
+"that any text you use is clearly written and easy to understand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Your main goal should be to ensure that text is easy to understand and quick "
+"to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Keep text short and to the point. This improves speed of comprehension for "
+"the user. It also reduces the expansion of text when translated (remember "
+"that translated English text can expand up to 30% in some languages)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not shorten your text to the point of losing meaning. A three-word label "
+"that provides clear information is better than a one-word label that is "
+"ambiguous or vague. Try to find the fewest possible words to satisfactorily "
+"convey the meaning of your label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Use words, phrases, and concepts that are familiar to the people who will be "
+"using your application, rather than terms from the underlying system. This "
+"may mean using terms that are associated with the tasks your application "
+"supports. For example, in medicine, the paper folder that contains patient "
+"information is called a “chart”. Hence, a medical application might refer to "
+"a patient record as a “chart” rather than as a “patient database record”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Use the standard GNOME terms when referring to parts of the user interface, "
+"such as ‘pointer’ and ‘window’. You can find a full list of these in the "
+"GNOME Documentation Style Guide, Recommended Terminology."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:40
+msgid "Avoid repetition where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:46
+msgid "Capitalization"
+msgstr "Großschreibung"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Two styles of capitalization are used in GNOME user interfaces: header "
+"capitalization and sentence capitalization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Header capitalization should be used for any headings, including header bar "
+"headings and page, tab and menu titles. It should also be used for short "
+"control labels that do not normally form proper sentences, such as button "
+"and switch labels and menu items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Sentence capitalization should be used for labels which form sentences or "
+"which run on to other text, including labels for check boxes, radio buttons, "
+"sliders, text entry boxes, field labels and combobox labels. Sentence "
+"capitalization should be used for explanatory or body text, such as that "
+"which is found in dialogs or notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:55
+msgid "Header Capitalization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Capitalize all words, except those with three or fewer letters. However, "
+"verbs of any length should be capitilized (such as “Be”, “Are”, “Is”, “See”, "
+"“Add”, and so on)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:59
+msgid ""
+"For example: “Create a Document”, “Find and Replace”, “Document Cannot Be "
+"Found”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:64
+msgid "Sentence Capitalization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Capitalize the first letter of the first word and any other words normally "
+"capitalized in sentences, such as proper nouns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:68
+msgid ""
+"For example: “The document cannot be found in this location.” “Finding "
+"results for London.”"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/writing-style.page:74
+msgid "Ellipses (…)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Use an ellipsis (…) at the end of a label if the action requires further "
+"input from the user before it can be carried out. For example, <gui>Save As…"
+"</gui>, <gui>Find…</gui> or <gui>Rename…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/writing-style.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Do not add an ellipsis to commands like <gui>Properties</gui> or "
+"<gui>Preferences</gui>. While these commands open windows that can "
+"incorporate further functionality, the label does not specify a particular "
+"action, and therefore does not need to communicate that further input is "
+"required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Articles: a, an, the."
+#~ msgstr "%s,  Messages %d-%d"